مقدمة Introduction
ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ﻳﺴﺮﻧﺎ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺷﺎﻕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺪﻡ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ
ﺍﻟﻨﺴـﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜـﺔ
ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺪﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ. ﻭﺣﺮﺻﹰﺎ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜـﺜﲑ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠـﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﲨﺘﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻌﻠﻢ ،ﻓﻘﺪ ﹸﺃﻟﱢﻒ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺘﺪﺋﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﲔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺑﺪﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻷﲜﺪﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ. ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻠﻘﺪ ﺻﺤﺤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺿﻔﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺑﺴﻄﻨﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺘﺪﺋﲔ ﻭﻃﻮﺭﻧﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻭﻗـﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺎﻳﺔ ﲝﺚ ،ﻭﺃﺭﺟﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻮﺓ ﺍﳌـﺘﻌﻠﻤﲔ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺣﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ. ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍﹰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻛﻞ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﳍﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ،ﻭﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻷﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻜـﺒﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌـﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻚ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ. ﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﳏﺎﺳﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻤﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﳌﻘﻞ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺣﻠﻘـﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺫﻟﻚ .ﻭﺃﺭﺟﻮ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻘﻖ ﻫﺪﻓﻪ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻃﻴﻌﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﻬﺘﻤﲔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻـﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲢﺘﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ،ﻭﺁﻣﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻭﻓﻘـﺖ ﰲ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺣﻘﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻮﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ ،ﻭﺃﺭﺟﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻼﺀ ﺇﺑﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺤﺔ. ﻣﻊ ﲢﻴﺎﰐ. ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ :ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﳊﻮﺭﺍﱐ Written by: Omar AL-Hourani Omar AL-Hourani
١
www.expenglish.com
ﻭﻟﻼﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﱐ: webmaster@expenglish.com expenglish@hotmail.com ﺃﻭ ﺯﻭﺭﻭﺍ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ: http://www.expenglish.com http://www.expressenglish.4t.com ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻜﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﻜﻢ ﳌﻨﺘﺪﻯ :Express English http://www.expenglish.com/vb المراجع References
ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺳﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻓﻨﻨﺼﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ: 1) An A-Z of English Grammar & Usage - Geoffrey Leech. ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺳﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﻨﻨﺼﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ: 2) http://www.englishpage.com ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺳﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ ﻓﻨﻨﺼﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ: 3) Working with English Prepositions - Diane Hall. ﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ: ﻭﻗﺪ ﹸﺃ ﺧ ﹶﺬ 4) Life Line - Tom Hutchinson. ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ5) .
Omar AL-Hourani
٢
www.expenglish.com
الفھرس Index
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ :ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ .Basics of English Language
)ﺹ (٨
−ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٩ −ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٩ −ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٠ −ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٤ −ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٦ −ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ) .–sﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٨ −ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ) .–ingﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٩ −ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ) .–edﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٩ −ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٢٠ −ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٢٤ −ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٢٥ −ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٢٧ −ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٣١
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ :ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ .English Pronouns
)ﺹ (٣٣
−ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٣٤ −ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٣٨ −ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﻴﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٣٩ −ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٣٩ −ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٤٠ −ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٤٠ −ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٤٢
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ :ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ .Auxiliary Verbs
)ﺹ (٤٤
−ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٤٥ −ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٤٦ −ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٥٩ Omar AL-Hourani
٣
www.expenglish.com
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ :ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ Verbs
) .Englishﺹ (٦١
−ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٦٢ −ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٦٢ −ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٧٤ −ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٨٢ −ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٩٣ −ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٩٥
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ :ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ Nouns
) .Englishﺹ (١٠٠
−ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٠١ −ﺃﺩﺍﰐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ ) .a , anﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٠١ −ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ) .theﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٠٣ −ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٠٥ −ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٠٧ −ﲨﻊ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٠٩ −ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺚ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١١١ −ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺇﻋﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١١٣ −ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١١٦
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ :ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ Adjectives
) .Englishﺹ (١١٩
−ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٢٠ −ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٢٢ −ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٢٤ −ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٢٦ −ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٢٩
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ :ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ Conjunctions
) .Englishﺹ (١٣١
−ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٣٢ −ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٣٢ −ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٣٢ −ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٣٤ −ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٣٥
Omar AL-Hourani
٤
www.expenglish.com
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ :ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ Prepositions
) .Englishﺹ (١٣٧
−ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٣٨ −ﺑﻌﺾ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٣٨ −ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٤٦ −ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٥٢
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ :ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ Voice
) .Passiveﺹ (١٥٦
−ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٥٧ −ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٥٧ −ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٦٥ −ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٦٦
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ :ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ
) .Negativeﺹ (١٦٨
−ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٦٩ −ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٦٩ −ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٧٧ −ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺑـ ) .neverﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٧٧ ) .have no −ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٧٨ −ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٧٩
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ :ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ Questions
) .Englishﺹ (١٨٠
−ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٨١ −ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٨١ −ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻲ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٩٣ −ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٩٣ −ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٩٤ −ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﺬﻳﻞ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٩٦ −ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (١٩٨
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﺸﺮ :ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ Grammar
) .Additionalﺹ (٢٠٠
−ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٢٠١ −ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ )ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ( ) .Adverbsﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٢٠١ ) .all −ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٢٠٤ ) .although −ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٢٠٥ Omar AL-Hourani
٥
www.expenglish.com
(٢٠٥ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.another & other − (٢٠٦ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.any & some − (٢٠٦ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.as − (٢٠٦ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.because , because of − (٢٠٧ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.both − (٢٠٨ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.Concert & Abstract Nouns − (٢٠٩ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.Conditional Clauses ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ− (٢١٣ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.each − (٢١٤ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.else & also − (٢١٤ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.even − (٢١٤ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.ever − (٢١٥ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.every − (٢١٦ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.get − (٢١٧ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.here & there − (٢١٧ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.home − (٢١٧ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.-ing forms ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ− (٢١٨ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.instead/instead of − (٢١٩ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.let − (٢١٩ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.like − (٢٢٠ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.maybe − (٢٢٠ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.neither − (٢٢١ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.never − (٢٢١ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.Noun Phrase − (٢٢٢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.over − (٢٢٣ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.Reported Speech ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻝ− (٢٢٧ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.(the) same − (٢٢٧ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.so − (٢٢٨ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.still − (٢٢٨ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.that − (٢٢٩ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.there is , there are − (٢٢٩ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ.too & either − www.expenglish.com
٦
Omar AL-Hourani
(٢٣٠ ) .Unreal Meaning −ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ٣٠ (٢٣١ ) .Verb-ingﺻﻔﺤﺔ ٣١ Verb − ) .yet −ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٢٣٢ −ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٢٣٣ (٢٣٤ −ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ) .English Informalﺻﻔﺤﺔ ٢٣ (٢٣٥ −ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻻﺕ ) .Paragraphsﺻﻔﺤﺔ ٥ −ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ) .ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٢٤١
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﺸﺮ :ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ .Irregular Verbs
(٢٤٤ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ٢٤
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ :ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ .Common Words
)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ (٢٥٤
ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ. ﺳﺆﺍﻝ :ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ. ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ :ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﰎ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻭﳓﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﲑ ﺎ ﳎﺪﺩﹰﺍ. ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺃﻭ"
OR
)(A/B
)(A
ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ Aﻋﻮﺿﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ Bﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ Bﻋﻮﺿﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ Aﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ. ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ Aﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٧
www.expenglish.com english.com
www.expenglish.com
Ù¨
Omar AL-Hourani
مقدمة :Introduction ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ Express Englishﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺘﺪﺋﲔ .ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﲨﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻭﺃﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﲝﻮﺙ ﻻﺣﻘﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺃﺻﻌﺐ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﻘﻴﺪﹰﺍ. أحرف اللغة االنجليزية :English Letters ﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺷﻜﻼﻥ ﳘﺎ:ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ /ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ :Capital Letters N
M
L Z
K Y
J X
I W
H V
G U
F T
E S
D R
C Q
B P
A O
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ /ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ :Small Letters n
m
l z
k y
j x
I w
h b
g u
f t
e s
d r
c q
b p
ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ A , E , I , O , Uﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ )ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ( .Vowel Letters ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﻓﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ .Consonant Letters ﺍﳊﺮﻑ uﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺻﻮﰐ ﻣﺜـﻞ " umbrellaﴰﺴـﻴﺔ" ﻭﺑﻌـﺾﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ " universityﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ".
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٩
www.expenglish.com english.com
a o
أرقام اللغة االنجليزية :Numbers of English ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ /ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ: Zero
ﺻﻔﺮ
0
One
ﻭﺍﺣﺪ
1
Two
ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ
2
Three
ﺛﻼﺛﺔ
3
Four
ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ
4
Five
ﲬﺴﺔ
5
Six
ﺳﺘﺔ
6
Seven
ﺳﺒﻌﺔ
7
Eight
ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ
8
Nine
ﺗﺴﻌﺔ
9
Ten
ﻋﺸﺮﺓ
10
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ /ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ: Eleven
ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻋﺸﺮ
11
Twelve
ﺃﺛﲎ ﻋﺸﺮ
12
Thirteen
ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ
13
Fourteen
ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ
14
Fifteen
ﲬﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ
15
Sixteen
ﺳﺘﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ
16
Seventeen
ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ
17
Eighteen
ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ
18
Omar AL-Hourani
١٠
www.expenglish.com
19
ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ
Nineteen : ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺩ/ﺛﺎﻟﺜﹰﺎ
20
ﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ
Twenty
30
ﺛﻼﺛﻮﻥ
Thirty
40
ﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ
Forty
50
ﲬﺴﻮﻥ
Fifty
60
ﺳﺘﻮﻥ
Sixty
70
ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ
Seventy
80
ﲦﺎﻧﻮﻥ
Eighty
90
ﺗﺴﻌﻮﻥ
Ninety
100
ﻣﺌﺔ
Hundred
1000
ﺃﻟﻒ
Thousand
1000000
ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ
Million
1000000000
(ﺑﻠﻴﻮﻥ )ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭ
Billion (Milliard) : ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ/ﺭﺍﺑﻌﹰﺎ
ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ
ﺭﻣﺰﻩ
ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ
1st
First
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ
2nd
Second
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ
3rd
Third
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ
4th
Fourth
ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ
5th
Fifth
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ
6th
Sixth
www.expenglish.com
١١
Omar AL-Hourani
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ
7th
Seventh
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ
8th
Eighth
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ
9th
Ninth
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ
10th
Tenth
ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ
11th
Eleventh
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﺸﺮ
12th
Twelfth
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﺸﺮ
13th
Thirteenth
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ
14th
Fourteenth
ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﻋﺸﺮ
15th
Fifteenth
ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻭﻥ
20th
Twentieth
ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻮﻥ
30th
Thirtieth
ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ
40th
Fortieth
ﺍﳋﻤﺴﻮﻥ
50th
Fiftieth
ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺍﳋﻤﺴﻮﻥ
51st
Fifth First
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺘﻮﻥ
62nd
Sixth Second
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻮﻥ
83rd
Eighth Third
ﺍﳌﺌﺔ
100th
Hundredth
ﺍﻷﻟﻒ
1000th
Thousandth
ﺍﳌﻠﻴﻮﻥ
1000000th
Millionth
(ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻴﻮﻥ )ﺍﳌﻠﻴﺎﺭ
1000000000th
Billionth
ﺍﻷﺧﲑ
-
Last
www.expenglish.com
١٢
Omar AL-Hourani
: ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ/ﺧﺎﻣﺴﹰﺎ :( ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺍﺕ١ Twenty six
ﺳﺘﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ: 26
Thirty seven
ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻮﻥ: 37
Forty three
ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ: 43
Fifty five
ﲬﺴﺔ ﻭﲬﺴﻮﻥ: 55
Sixty one
ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺳﺘﻮﻥ: 61
Seventy four
ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ: 74
Eighty two
ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﲦﺎﻧﻮﻥ: 82
Ninety eight
ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻮﻥ: 98 :( ﺍﳌﺌﺎﺕ٢
www.expenglish.com
One hundred thirty one
ﻣﺌﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻮﻥ: 131
Nine hundred eight
ﺗﺴﻊ ﻣﺌﺔ ﻭﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ: 908
١٣
Omar AL-Hourani
Three hundred twelve
ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﺸﺮ: 312
Five hundred eleven
ﲬﺲ ﻣﺌﺔ ﻭﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻋﺸﺮ: 511
:( ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻟﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﳌﺌﺎﺕ ﺃﻟﻮﻑ٣ One thousand two hundred thirty five ﺃﻟﻒ ﻭﻣﺎﺋﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﲬﺴﺔ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﲔ: 1235
Three thousand five hundred twelve ﺛﻼﺙ ﺃﻟﻮﻑ ﻭﲬﺲ ﻣﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﺸﺮ: 3512
Fourteen thousand three hundred five ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺃﻟﻔﹰﺎ ﻭﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺌﺔ ﻭﲬﺴﺔ: 14305
٣
٢
١
ﺳﺖ ﻣﺌﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﲬﺴﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﹰﺎ ﻭﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺌﺔ ﻭﲬﺴﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ: 651345 ١
٢
٣
Six hundred fifty one thousand three hundred forty five ٤
٣
٢
١
ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺌﺔ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻭﲬﺴﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﹰﺎ ﻭﻣﺎﺋﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﺸﺮ: 2453212 ١
٢
٣
٤
Two million four hundred fifty three thousand two hundred twelve
:English Nouns قواعد األسماء ، Ali ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ )ﻋﻠـﻲ، book ﻛﺘﺎﺏ، apple ﺗﻔﺎﺣﺔ، school ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ، house ﻣﻨﺰﻝ: ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ.(America ﺃﻣﲑﻛﺎ، London ﻟﻨﺪﻥ، Mary ﻣﺎﺭﻱ، James ﺟﻴﻤﺲ www.expenglish.com
١٤
Omar AL-Hourani
ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ ﻧﻜﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ،ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ "ﺍﻝ" .ﻣﺜﻞ:)ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ،ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ(. ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ :ﺗﻌﲏ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ.
ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ :ﺗﻌﲏ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ.
،
"."the " ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ ﻧﻜﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ،ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳـﺔ ﻫـﻲﻣﺜﻞ.(school , the school) : ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ )ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ( the school :
,
ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ( school :
."a ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ "a , an"ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ" ﺱ /ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ aﻭ an؟ ﺝ /ﻧﻀﻊ " "aﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﻧﻀﻊ " "anﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺻﻮﰐ. ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ، a schoolﺗﻔﺎﺣﺔ an apple ﺣﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ
ﺣﺮﻑ ﺻﻮﰐ
ﻻ ﺗﻀﺎﻑ ﺃﺩﺍﰐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ a , anﻟﻸﲰﺎﺀ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ .ﻣﺜﻞ :ﻣﺎﺀ ، waterﺳﻜﺮ " sugarﺗﺪﺭﺱﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ". ﺧﻄﺄ
I drink a water.
ﺻﺢ )ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺷﺮﺏ ﻣﺎ ًﺀ(
I drink water.
ﺟـﻤـﻊ ﺍﻷﺳـﻤـﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺜﲎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﲨﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ.school schools -ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺮﻑ " "sﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ .ﻣﺜﻞ :ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ،ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺱ school
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٥
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺱ /ﺍﲨﻊ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :ﺫﺑﺎﺑﺔ ، flyﺃﺗﻮﺑﻴﺲ bus ﺝ %٩٠ /ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻝ: bus buss , fly flys ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻄﺄ ،ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻫﻮ: buses , flies "ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺸﺮﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ" ﻻ ﺗﻀﺎﻑ ﺃﺩﺍﰐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ a , anﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ.ﺧﻄﺄ
I bought a toys.
ﺖ ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺑﹰﺎ( ﺻﺢ )ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳ
I bought toys.
:English Verb قواعد األفعال Verbs ﻛﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺗﺼﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻫﻢ:ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ "ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ" - V1ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ "ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ" - V2ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ "ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ" .V3 Present (V1) - Past (V2) - Past Participle (V3). ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟـﺚ ﻓﻴﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ "ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ". ﻭﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺴﻤﲔ ﳘﺎ: (١ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ :Regular Verbs ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ،ﻭﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳـﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ﺇﱃ " ."edﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ "ﻳﻠﻌﺐ": " ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ play - played play - played ed
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٦
www.expenglish.com english.com
(٢ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ Irregular Verbs ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ .ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ "ﻳﺄﻛﻞ" ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ "ﻳﺸﺮﺏ" ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ "ﳚﺮﺡ": eat - ate - eaten drink - drank - drunk hurt - hurt - hurt "ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ،ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻔﻆ" ﻛﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﻫﻢ:ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ /ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ :Past ﺐ. ﺲ ،ﹶﻟ ﻌ ﺏ ،ﺟ ﹶﻠ ﺙ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ .ﻣﺜﻞ :ﹶﺃ ﹶﻛ ﹶﻞ ،ﺷ ﹺﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺣ ﺪ ﹶ ،"edﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﳚﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ "edﺃﻓﻌﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺎﺫﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ .Regular Verbs ﺱ /ﺣﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﺄﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺃﻓﻌﺎ ﹰﻻ ﺷﺎﺫﺓ :ﻳﺒﻜﻲ ، Cryﳛﺐ Love ﺝ %٩٠ /ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻝ: Love Loveed , Cry Cryed ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻫﻮ: ﺑﻜﻰ Cried
،
ﺣﺐLoved
"ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺸﺮﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ" ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ /ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺭﻉ :Present ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ "ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ" ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ .ﻣﺜﻞ :ﻳﻠﻌـﺐ ، playﻳﺸـﺮﺏ ، drinkﻳﺄﻛﻞ ، eatﳚﻠﺲ .sit
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٧
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺛﺎﻟﺜﹰﺎ /ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ :Imperative ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ "ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ" ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ .ﻣﺜﻞ :ﺍﻟﻌﺐ ، playﺍﺷﺮﺏ ، drinkﻛﹸﻞ ، eatﺍﺟﻠﺲ .sit قواعد إضافة :-s ﺗﻀﺎﻑ " "-sﻟﻸﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﲨﻌﹰﺎ. ﺗﻀﺎﻑ " "-sﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻓﻘـﻂ "ﺗـﺪﺭﺱﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ". ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺑـ " "zﺃﻭ " "shﺃﻭ " "chﺃﻭ " "sﺃﻭ " "ssﺃﻭ ":"xﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ -sﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ -esﻋﻮﺿﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ .-sﻣﺜﻞ :ﺍﺗﻮﺑﻴﺲ bus buses ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺑـ " "fﺃﻭ ":"feﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ -sﳓﺬﻑ fﺃﻭ feﻭﻧﻀﻴﻒ .-vesﻣﺜﻞ: ﺯﻭﺟﺔ , wife wivesﻭﺷﺎﺡ scarf scarves ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺑـ " "oﻳﺴﺒﻘﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ:ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ -sﻧﻀﻴﻒ -esﻋﻮﺿﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ .-sﻣﺜﻞ :ﻳﻔﻌﻞ do does ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ: ,ﻛﻴﻠﻮ , Kilo Kilosﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ , Video Videosﺻﻮﺭﺓ Photo Photos ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻮ Piano Pianos ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺑـ " "yﻳﺴﺒﻘﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ:ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ -sﳓﺬﻑ yﻭﻧﻀﻴﻒ .-iesﻣﺜﻞ: ﻳﺒﻜﻲ , cry criesﻳﻘﻠﻖ worry worries ﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢHarry Harrys :
Omar AL-Hourani
١٨
www.expenglish.com
قواعد إضافة :-ing ﺗﻀﺎﻑ " "-ingﻟﻸﻓﻌﺎﻝ )ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﺮﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ( ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ -ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ -ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ( ،ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ .ﻣﺜﻞ: )ﺻﻔﺔ( ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ missingﻳﻔﺘﻘﺪ miss )ﺍﺳﻢ( ﺷﻌﻮﺭ feelingﻳﺸﻌﺮ feel ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺑـ " "eﻳﺴﺒﻘﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ:ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ -ingﳓﺬﻑ eﻭﻧﻀﻴﻒ .-ingﻣﺜﻞ :ﻳﺄﰐ come coming ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ be being ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺑـ ":"ieﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ -ingﳓﺬﻑ ieﻭﻧﻀﻴﻒ .-yingﻣﺜﻞ :ﻳﻜﺬﺏ lie lying ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﲝﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ +ﺣﺮﻑ ﺻﻮﰐ +ﺣﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻧ ﹾﻄ ﻖ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺧـﲑ ﻣـﻦﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ -ingﻣﺸﺪﺩ "ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻔﻆ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ". ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ -ingﻧﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﰒ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ .-ingﻣﺜﻞ: ﳜﻄﻂ , plan planningﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ , stop stoppingﳚﺮﻱ run running قواعد إضافة :-ed ﺗﻀﺎﻑ " "-edﻟﻸﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ Regular Verbsﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴـﺔ)ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ -ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ -ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ -ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘـﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ( ،ﻭﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻔﺔ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺑـ ":"eﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ -edﳓﺬﻑ eﻭﻧﻀﻴﻒ .-edﻣﺜﻞ: ﻳﻔﻀﻞ , like likedﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ use used ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺑـ " "yﻳﺴﺒﻘﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ:ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ -edﳓﺬﻑ yﻭﻧﻀﻴﻒ .-iedﻣﺜﻞ :ﻳﺪﺭﺱ study studied Omar AL-Hourani
١٩
www.expenglish.com
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺑـ " "wﺃﻭ " "yﻳﺴﺒﻘﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺻﻮﰐ:ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ -edﻻ ﳓﺬﻑ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻀﻌﻒ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺳﻮﺍ edﻓﻘﻂ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ ﺣﺮﻑ play played ﺳﺎﻛﻦ .ﻣﺜﻞ :ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ed ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﲝﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ +ﺣﺮﻑ ﺻﻮﰐ +ﺣﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ،ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻧ ﹾﻄ ﻖ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺧـﲑ ﻣـﻦﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ --edﻣﺸﺪﺩ "ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻔﻆ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ". ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ -edﻧﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﰒ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ .-edﻣﺜﻞ: stop stopped stop , plan plannedﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ plan ﳜﻄﻂ
جملة اللغة االنجليزية: ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﲨﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﺎﻥ ﳘﺎ :ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﲰﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ ﰲﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ. ﺗﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ:Verb.1 + Object ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ
+
"ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ"
Subject ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ Objectﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ،ﺑﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻇﺮﻑ.ﻣﺜﻞ: ﻫﻮ ﺫﻛﻲ" .ﺻﻔﺔ"
He is smart.
ﺍﳌﺒﲎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ" .ﻇﺮﻑ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ"
The building is there.
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ :ﻫﻮ ، Heﻫﻲ ، Sheﻏﲑ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ، Itﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ:ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ " "sﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ .s ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ :ﺃﻧﺖ ، Youﳓﻦ ، Weﻫﻢ،ﻫﻦ ، Theyﺃﻧﺎ ، Iﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ:ﻻ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲﺀ.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٢٠
www.expenglish.com english.com
-ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﺩﺍﺕ.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ (١ﺟﻮﻥ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺡ.
ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺡ.
ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ :ﺟﻮﻥ " ، "Johnﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ :ﻳﺄﻛﻞ " ، "eatﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ :ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺡ "."apples ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ: ﺟﻮﻥ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺡ.
John eats eats apples.
ﻻﺣﻆ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ " "sﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ eatﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ "ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ :ﺟﻮﻥ ."John (٢ﻫﻢ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ .ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﺘﺮ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻩ "ﻫﻢ"
ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ :ﻫﻢ " ، "Theyﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ :ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ " ، "playﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ :ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ "."football ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ: ﻫﻢ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
They play football.
ﻻﺣﻆ ﻫﻨﺎ ﱂ ﻧﻀﻊ " "sﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ playﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ "ﻫﻢ ."They ﱂ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ footballﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ "ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼـﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ". (٣ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻂ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ.
ﺃﻭ
ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ.
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋــﻞ :ﺍﻟﻘﻄــﻂ " ، "Catsﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌــﻞ :ﺗﻠﻌــﺐ " ، "playﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌــﻮﻝ ﺑــﻪ :ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸــﺎﺭﻉ "."in street ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ: ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻂ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ "ﺃﻱ ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺩﻭﻥ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ".
Cats play in a street.
ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻂ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ "ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﻌﲔ".
Cats play in the street.
ﻻﺣﻆ ﻫﻨﺎ ﱂ ﻧﻀﻊ " "sﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ playﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ "ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ". (٤ﻫﻮ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ.
ﺃﻭ
ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ .ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﺘﺮ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻩ "ﻫﻮ"
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ :ﻫﻮ " "Heﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ :ﻳﺸﺮﺏ " "drinkﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ :ﻣﺎﺀ ""water ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ: ﻫﻮ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﻣﺎﺀ. Omar AL-Hourani AL
He drinks drink water. ٢١
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﻻﺣﻆ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ sﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ drinkﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ "ﻫﻮ ."He ﺍﻻﺳﻢ waterﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﱂ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ .a ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻴﺼﺎﻍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ:Object ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ -ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ:
+
ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ
Verb.1 ﻓﻌﻞ "ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ"
ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ ، .ﺗﻨﺎﻭﱄ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ ، .ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ ، .ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ ، .ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ. ﺍ ﺷﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ، .ﺍﺷﺮﰊ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ، .ﺍﺷﺮﺑﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ، .ﺍﺷﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ، .ﺍﺷﺮﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ.
Have lunch. Drink water.
ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ، .ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ، .ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ، .ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ، .ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ. Be sure of that. Be careful. ﻛ ﻦ ﺣﺬﺭﹰﺍ ، .ﻛﻮﱐ ﺣﺬﺭﺓ ، .ﻛﻮﻧﺎ ﺣﺬﺭﻳﻦ ، .ﻛﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﺣﺬﺭﹺﻳﻦ ، .ﻛﻦ ﺣﺬﺭﺍﺕ. ﺃﻋﻄﲏ ﺇﻳﺎﻩ.
Give it to me.
ﺃﻋﻄﲏ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ.
Give me the pen
ﺖ ﺍﺫﻫﱯ ، .ﺃﻧﺘﻤﺎ ﺍﺫﻫﺒﺎ ، .ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺍﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ، .ﺃﻧﱳ ﺍﺫﻫﱭ. ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ، .ﺃﻧ
You go
ﺍﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪ ، .ﺍﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﻣﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ ، .ﺍﻓﻌﻼ ﻣﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻥ ، .ﺍﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥDo whatever you want. . ﻭﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ Doﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ: Do have lunch. Do drink water. Do be careful. ﻭﻟﻠﻨﻔﻲ ﻧﻀﻊ ) Do not (Don'tﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ "ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ". ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ :ﻛــﺎﺭﻟــﻮﺱ ﺑـﻄـﻞ.ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﲰﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﲰﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐـﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳـﺔ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻛﻴـﻒ ﺳﻨﺘﺮﲨﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ؟ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ:
Omar AL-Hourani
٢٢
www.expenglish.com
ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ :ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ ""Carlos ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ :ﺑﻄﻞ ""a hero ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ؟ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻫﻮ :ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ is He , She , It , ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ are You , We , They , am I ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ is , are , amﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ "ﻳﻜﻮﻥ" ﻭﻣﺎﺿﻴﻬﺎ was , wereﲟﻌﲎ "ﻛﺎﻥ". ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ: Carlos is a hero. ﻻﺣﻆ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ isﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ "ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ :ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ "Carlos ﻼ" ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﳓـﻦ ﻋﻨـﺪﻣﺎ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ" :ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻄ ﹰ ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﳓﺬﻑ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﻳﻜﻮﻥ" ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ " :ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ ﺑﻄﻞ". ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ:He is He's , She is She's , It is It's John is John's , Ali is Ali's ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ:You are You're , They are They're , We are We're I am I'm ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ:ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻬﻤﻞ.
'(You are/You are You're) careless.
ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻂ ﲨﻴﻠﺔ.
Cats are cute.
ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﲨﻴﻠﺔ.
'This (cat is/cat cat's)) cute.
ﻫﻮ ﺫﻛﻲ.
(He is//He's)) smart.
ﻫﻲ ﺫﻛﻴﺔ.
)(She is/She's is ) smart.
ﳓﻦ ﺃﺫﻛﻴﺎﺀ.
(We are/We're are re)) smart.
ﻫﻢ ﺃﺫﻛﻴﺎﺀ.
'(They are/They /They're)) smart
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٢٣
www.expenglish.com english.com
.ﻛﺴﻮﻟﺔ/ﻫﻲ "ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ" ﻛﺴﻮﻝ/ﻫﻮ
(It is/It's) lazy.
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ
(I am/I'm) busy.
" ﻟﻴﺲ ﺿـﻤﲑCats ﻷﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ "ﻗﻄﻂCats're ﺇﱃCats are ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﱂ ﳔﺘﺼﺮ .ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ " ﻷﻥ ﻫـﺬﻩsmart , busy , lazy , cute , careless" ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕa ﱂ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ ."ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ "ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ
:clock كتابة الساعة :British Language ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ/ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ X:30 half past X (١ 9:30 half past nine o'clock. 12:30 half past twelve o'clock. X:15 quarter past X (٢ 11:15 quarter past eleven o'clock. 22:15 quarter past twenty two "ten" o'clock. X:45 quarter to X (٣ 15:45 quarter to sixteen "three" o'clock. 21:45 quarter to twenty two "nine" o'clock. .( ﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ٤ 10:32 ten and thirty two o'clock. 14:05 fourteen and five o'clock. :American Language ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ/ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ
10:15 9:30 20:45 www.expenglish.com
: ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔten and fifteen o'clock. nine and thirty o'clock. twenty and forty five o'clock. ٢٤
Omar AL-Hourani
ﻣﻌﲎ andﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ :ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ "ﻭ"ﺟﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ.
John and Carlos. Carlos
ﺃﺫﻛﻴﺎﺀ. ﻫﻮ ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺫﻛﻴﺎﺀ
He and she are smart.
ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ areﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻷﻥ "ﻫﻮ ﻭ ﻫﻲ" ﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﲨﻊ. "ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ"
كتابة التاريخ :Date ﻳﻮﻡ ، Day :ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ ، Week :ﺷﻬﺮ ، Month :ﻗﺮﻥCentury : ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﻫﻲ: ,ﺍﻻﺛﻨﲔ ) , Monday (Monﺍﻷﺣﺪ ) , Sunday (Sunﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ )Saturday (Sat ,ﺍﳋﻤﻴﺲ ) , Thursday (Thuﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺎﺀ ) ,Wednesday (Wedﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺎﺀ )Tuesday (Tue ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ )Friday (Fri ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺮ:ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ )ﻳﻨﺎﻳﺮ(
January
1
ﺷﺒﺎﻁ )ﻓﱪﺍﻳﺮ(
February
2
ﺁﺫﺍﺭ )ﻣﺎﺭﺱ(
March
3
ﻧﺴﻴﺎﻥ )ﺃﺑﺮﻳﻞ(
April
4
ﺃﻳﺎﺭ )ﻣﺎﻳﻮ(
May
5
ﺣﺰﻳﺮﺍﻥ )ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ(
June
6
ﲤﻮﺯ )ﻳﻮﻟﻴﻮ(
July
7
ﺁﺏ )ﺃﻏﺴﻄﺲ(
August
8
ﺃﻳﻠﻮﻝ )ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ(
September
9
ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )ﺃﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ(
October
10
ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ )ﻧﻮﻓﻤﱪ(
November
11
ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )ﺩﻳﺴﻤﱪ(
December
12
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٢٥
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﻛﺮﻗﻤﲔ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﲔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﲔ-ﺭﻗﻤﲔ ﺃﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ ﻛﺮﻗﻢ ﻋـﺎﺩﻱ "ﺃﻟـﻮﻑ"ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ ﺭﻗﻤﲔ-ﺭﻗﻤﲔ. nineteen-ninety nine twenty-zero zero sixteen-thirty one -ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ :ADﻟﻠﺘﻘﻮﱘ ﺍﳌﻴﻼﺩﻱ "ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻲ" ،
1999 2000 1631 :AHﻟﻠﺘﻘﻮﱘ ﺍﳍﺠﺮﻱ "ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮﻱ"
:BCﻟﻠﺘﻘﻮﱘ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻴﻼﺩﻱ "ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻲ"
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ two/five/thirteen-twenty AD three/twelve/fourteen-one AH ﺃﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻴﻼﺩ 1000BC
Omar AL-Hourani
2/5/1320AD 3/12/1401AH
ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ
7th century
ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ
1st century
٢٦
www.expenglish.com
الفرق بين اللغتين البريطانية واألميركية: ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﺮﻭﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ .ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﺟـﺪ ﻓـﺮﻭﻕﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﲔ ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻛﺒﲑ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﲔ ﻓﻼ ﻋﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜـﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﲔ ﻻﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ .ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻓﺴﻨﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﲝﻮﺙ ﻻﺣﻘﺔ. ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ /ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺑـ ):(-our / -or
ﺍﳌﻌﲎ
ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ
ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻈﻠﻞ ،ﳏﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ
arbor
arbour
ﺩﺭﻉ
armor
armour
ﺳﻠﻮﻙ
behavior
behaviour
ﻟﻮﻥ
color
colour
ﳛﺎﻭﻝ
endeavor
endeavour
ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ،ﺧﺪﻣﺔ
favor
favour
ﺗﻮﻫﺞ ،ﲪﺎﺳﺔ
fervor
fervour
ﻓﺘﻨﺔ ،ﺳﺤﺮ
glamor
glamour
ﻣﻴﻨﺎﺀ ،ﻣﻠﺠﺄ
harbor
harbour
ﺷﺮﻑ ،ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ
honor
honour
ﻣﺰﺍﺝ ،ﺩﻋﺎﺑﺔ
humor
humour
ﻋﻤﻞ
labor
labour
ﺟﺎﺭ
neighbor
neighbour
ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ،ﻧﻜﻬﺔ
odor
odour
ﺭﺩﻫﺔ
parlor
parlour
ﺣﻘﺪ
rancor
rancour
ﺇﺷﺎﻋﺔ
rumor
rumour
Omar AL-Hourani
٢٧
www.expenglish.com
saviour
savior
ﳐﻠﺺ، ﻣﻨﻘﺬ
splendour
splendor
ﺭﻭﻋﺔ، ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻕ
vapour
vapor
ﺿﺒﺎﺏ، ﲞﺎﺭ
vigour
vigor
ﻧﺸﺎﻁ
:(-re / -er) ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺑـ/ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ
ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ
ﺍﳌﻌﲎ
centre
center
ﻭﺳﻂ، ﻣﺮﻛﺰ
fibre
fiber
ﻟﻴﻒ
metre
meter
ﻣﺘﺮ
piastre
piaster
ﻗﺮﺵ
sombre
somber
ﻛﺌﻴﺐ، ﻣﻌﺘﻢ
theatre
theater
ﻣﺴﺮﺡ
:(-logue / -log) ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺑـ/ﺛﺎﻟﺜﹰﺎ
ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ
ﺍﳌﻌﲎ
catalogue
catalog
ﻛﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ، ﻧﺸﺮﺓ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
dialogue
dialog
ﺣﻮﺍﺭ
monologue
monolog
ﻣﻨﺎﺟﺎﺓ ﺫﺍﺗﻴﺔ
prologue
prolog
ﻣﺔ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔﻣﻘﺪ
: ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ/ﺭﺍﺑﻌﹰﺎ
ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ
ﺍﳌﻌﲎ
counsellor
counselor
ﻣﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﱐ
www.expenglish.com
٢٨
Omar AL-Hourani
jeweller
jeweler
ﺻﺎﺋﻎ ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮ
kidnapper
kidnaper
ﺧﺎﻃﻒ
programmer
programer
ﻣﱪﻣﺞ
traveller
traveler
ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ
worshipper
worshiper
ﻞﺒﺠﻣ
:(-ce / -se) ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺑـ/ﺧﺎﻣﺴﹰﺎ
ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ
ﺍﳌﻌﲎ
defence
defense
ﺩﻓﺎﻉ
licence
license
ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ
offence
offense
ﺃﺫﻯ، ﺇﺳﺎﺀﺓ
practise
practice
ﳝﺎﺭﺱ، ﻳﺘﺪﺭﺏ
pretence
pretense
ﻋﺎﺀﺍﺩ : ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ/ﺳﺎﺩﺳﹰﺎ
ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ
ﺍﳌﻌﲎ
apartment
flat
ﺷﻘﺔ
apologise
apologize
ﻳﻌﺘﺬﺭ
cheque
check
ﺷﻴﻚ ﻣﺼﺮﰲ، ﻳﺮﺍﺟﻊ، ﳛﻘﻖ
film
movie
ﻓﻴﻠﻢ
grey
gray
ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ
holiday
vacation
ﻋﻄﻠﺔ
moustache
mustache
ﺷﺎﺭﺏ
petrol
gasoline
ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ
www.expenglish.com
٢٩
Omar AL-Hourani
plough
plow
ﺟﺮﺍﻓﺔ، ﳏﺮﺍﺙ
programme
program
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
pyjamas
pajamas
(ﺛﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ )ﲝﺎﻣﺔ
recognise
recognize
ﻑﻳﺘﻌﺮ
realise
realize
ﻳﺪﺭﻙ
sulphur
sulfur
ﻛﱪﻳﺖ
tyre
tire
ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ
waggon
wagon
ﻋﺮﺑﺔ
www.expenglish.com
٣٠
Omar AL-Hourani
Select the ONE lettered answer that is BEST in each question: 1) 102nd is written as: A. one hundred second. B. one hundred and second. C. one hundredth second. D. one hundredth and second. 2) 8014698 is written as: A. eight million and fourteen thousand six hundred ninety eight. B. eight million fourteen thousand six hundred and ninety eight. C. eight millions fourteen thousands six hundreds ninety eight. D. eight million fourteen thousand six hundred ninety eight. 3) run + -ed: A. runned. B. runed. C. runied. D. None of all above. 4) wish + -s: A. wishes. B. wishs. C. wishies. D. None of all above. 5) matrix + "-s": A. matrises. B. matrixs. C. matrixes. D. None of all above. 6) lie + -ing: A. lyeing. B. lieing. C. lying. D. None of all above. 7) read + -ed: A. read. B. readed. C. readded. D. None of all above.
www.expenglish.com
ŮŁŮĄ
Omar AL-Hourani
8) love + -ing: A. loving B. loveing C. lovving D. None of all above. 9) Choose the correct sentence: A. Dogs drink a water. B. Dogs drink water. C. Dogs drink the water. D. Dogs drinks water. E. Dogs drinks the water. 10) Choose the correct sentence: A. Play with me. B. Played with me. C. Playing with me. D. None of all above. 11) 10:45 is read in British clock as: A. ten and forty five o'clock. B. quarter to eleven o'clock. C. quarter to ten o'clock. D. quarter past ten o'clock. E. quarter past eleven o'clock. 12) 9/10/2005AD is written as: A. nine/ten/twenty-fife AD. B. nine/ten/two thousand five AD. C. nine/ten/two thousand five BC. D. None of all above. 13) The most difference between British and American Language is: A. Grammar B. Vocabulary. C. How to pronounce words. D. None of all above. 14) About the clock topic, all answers below are correct except: A. Americans use PM and AM. B. 8:15 means "quarter past eight o'clock". C. There is a big difference between American and British clock. D. 10:22 can be read in British "ten and twenty two o'clock".
www.expenglish.com
٣٢
Omar AL-Hourani
www.expenglish.com
٣٣
Omar AL-Hourani
الضمائر الشخصية :Personal Pronouns ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﻭﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﲝﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻋﺮﺍﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ:ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ /ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ :Subject I
ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ.
ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺃﻧﺎ".
ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺣﺮﻑ Iﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ًﲝﺮﻑ ﻛﺒﲑ Capital Letterﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ.ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻟﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
I play football.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﻄﻞ.
I am a hero. ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻤﲔ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﳓﻦ".
We ﳓﻦ ﻧﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
We play football.
ﳓﻦ ﺃﺑﻄﺎﻝ. You
We are heroes. ﺖ ،ﺃﻧﺘﻤﺎ ،ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ،ﺃﻧﱳ". ﺖ ،ﺃﻧ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺃﻧ
ﺖ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ. ﺃﻧ ﺖ ﺗﻠﻌﺒﲔ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ. ﺃﻧ ﺃﻧﺘﻤﺎ ﺗﻠﻌﺒﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
You play football.
ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ. ﺃﻧﱳ ﺗﻠﻌﱭ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ. ﺖ ﺑﻄﻞ. ﺃﻧ
You are a hero.
ﺖ ﺑﻄﻠﺔ. ﺃﻧ
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٣٤
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺃﻧﺘﻤﺎ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ. ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺃﺑﻄﺎﻝ.
You are heroes.
ﺃﻧﱳ ﺑﻄﻼﺕ. ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻫﻮ".
He ﻫﻮ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
He plays football.
ﻫﻮ ﺑﻄﻞ. She
He is a hero. ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻫﻲ".
ﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
She plays football.
ﻫﻲ ﺑﻄﻠﺔ. It
She is a hero. ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻫﻮ ،ﻫﻲ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ".
ﺇﺎ ﲤﻄﺮ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﹰﺎ.
It rains daily.
ﺇﻧﻪ ﻛﺒﲑ.
It is large.
ﺇﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ. They
ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺒﲔ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﳘﺎ ،ﻫﻢ ،ﻫﻦ".
ﳘﺎ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ. ﻫﻢ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
They play football.
ﻫﻦ ﻳﻠﻌﱭ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ. ﳘﺎ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ. ﻫﻢ ﺃﺑﻄﺎﻝ.
They are heroes.
ﻫﻦ ﺑﻄﻼﺕ. Omar AL-Hourani
٣٥
www.expenglish.com
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ /ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﻭﺍﳉﺮ :Objectiveﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ. me
ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ".
ﻫﻲ ﲣﱪﻧـﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ.
She tells me everything.
ﻫﻮ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻌـﻲ. us
He goes with me.
ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻤﲔ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﲔ".
ﻫﻲ ﲣﱪﻧـﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲ.
She tells us everything.
ﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﺮﻓـﻨـﺎ ﺟﻴﺪﹰﺍ. you
He knows us well.
ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻛﺎﻑ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ".
ﻚ. ﻫﻲ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻌ ﻚ. ﻫﻲ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻌ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻌﻜﻤﺎ.
She prefers to go with you.
ﻫﻲ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ. ﻫﻲ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻌﻜﻦ. him ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﺟﻴﺪﹰﺍ.
ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻫﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ". I know him well. ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻫﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺜﺔ".
her ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺟﻴﺪﹰﺍ. it
I know her well.
ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻫﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ".
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻗﺮﺃﻩ. them
I read it. ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺒﲔ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻫﻢ".
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﺮﻓﻬﻢ ﺟﻴﺪﹰﺍ.
Omar AL-Hourani
I know them well.
٣٦
www.expenglish.com
ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ (١ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ: ﺇﻧﻪ ،ﺇﺎ , Itﺇﻢ , Theyﺇﻧﻨﺎ , Weﺇﺎ , Sheﺇﻧﻪ , Heﺇﻧﲏ I ﺇﻧﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻙ.
It is your turn.
(٢ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑﺍﻥ He , himﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮﺓ. ﺇﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﱯ.
He is my dog.
(٣ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑﺍﻥ She , herﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺜﺔ. ﺇﺎ ﻗﻄﱵ.
She is my cat.
(٤ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑﺍﻥ She , herﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺜﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﻔﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﺪﻥ. (٥ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ Itﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ "ﳎﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳍﻮﻳﺔ". ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ؟ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﳊﻠﻴﺐ.
Who is there? It is a milkman.
ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ Itﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ. ﺇﻧﻪ ﺃﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ.
It is my brother who told me.
ﻭﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ. ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺣﺎﺭ.
It is a hot day.
ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ
ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﻭﺍﳉﺮ
ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ
ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ
me
I
ﳐﺎﻃﺐ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ
you
You
ﻏﺎﺋﺐ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﺬﻛﺮ
him
He
ﻏﺎﺋﺐ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﺆﻧﺚ
her
She
ﻏﺎﺋﺐ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻏﲑ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ
it
It
ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﲨﻊ
us
We
ﳐﺎﻃﺐ ﲨﻊ
you
You
ﻏﺎﺋﺐ ﲨﻊ
them
They
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٣٧
www.expenglish.com english.com
ضمائر الملكية :Possessive Pronouns ﻗﺪ ﻳﻠﺘﺒﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ .ﻭﳌﻨﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﳝﻜـﻦﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺎ ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﲢﻞ ﳏـﻞ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺎ .ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ: ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ Possessive Pronouns
ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ Possessive Determiners
This house is mine. ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﱄ. This house is yours. ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﻟﻚ. This house is his. ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﻟﻪ. This house is hers. ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﳍﺎ. This house is its. ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﻟﻪ "ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ". This house is ours. ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ. This house is theirs. ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﳍﻢ.
This is my house. ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﺰﻟـﻲ. This is your house. ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﺰﻟـﻚ. This is his house. ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﺰﻟـﻪ. This is her house. ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﺰﻟـﻬﺎ. This is its house. ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﺰﻟـﻪ "ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ". This is our house. ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﺰﻟـﻨﺎ. This is their house. ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﺰﻟـﻬﻢ.
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ " "ofﻳﺄﰐ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﱄ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻲ.
I go to the cinema with a friend of mine. I go to the cinema with my friend.
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ،ﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ 'sﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ .ﻣﺜﻞ:ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻛﺎﺭﻻ.
This is Carla's house.
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ ،ﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ' ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻣﺼﺎﻏﹰﺎ ﺑـ -sﺃﻭ .-esﻣﺜﻞ: ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ. Omar AL-Hourani
This is boys' house. ٣٨
www.expenglish.com
الضمائر االنعكاسية :Reflexive Pronouns -ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ .-self
ﺍﳉﻤﻊ
ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ
ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ
ourselves
myself
ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ
yourselves
yourself
ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ
themselves
himself herself itself
ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ
ﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﻘﺔ. ﻫﻲ ﺟﺮﺣ
She hurt herself in the garden.
ﻫﻮ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ.
He is talking to himself. "ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ"
ضمائر اإلشارة :Demonstrative Pronouns ﺗﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ،ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﻭﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ.This
ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻫﺬﻩ".
ﻫﺬﻩ ﻃﺎﻭﻟﺔ. That
This is a table. ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺫﺍﻙ ،ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﺗﻠﻚ".
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺧﻲ.
That is my brother. ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻫﺬﻩ" ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ.
These ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﻚ.
These books are yours. ﻻﺣﻆ
Omar AL-Hourani
٣٩
www.expenglish.com
ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ".
Those ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻫﻢ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻲ.
Those are my friends. ﻻﺣﻆ
ضمائر االستفھام :Interrogative Pronouns ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ? : Who? , Whomﻣﻦ؟ ? :Whatﻣﺎﺫﺍ؟
"ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ"
? : Whichﺃﻱ؟ ? : Whoseﳌﻦ؟ ? : Whenﻣﱴ؟
ضمائر الوصل :Relative Pronouns ﻫﻲ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ،ﻭﺗﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ. who
ﺿﻤﲑ ﺭﻓﻊ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ،ﺍﻟﱵ" ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ،ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻓﻘـﻂ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ.
ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ.
That is the man who told me.
ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻲThe man told me : ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ "."the man whom
ﺿﻤﲑ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ،ﺍﻟﱵ" ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍـﺮﻭﺭ ﰲ ﲨﻠـﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ،ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ.
ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔThis is the doctor whom I met him yesterday. . ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻲI met the doctor yesterday : ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ "."the doctor Omar AL-Hourani
٤٠
www.expenglish.com
ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ.
That is the man whom I talked to.
ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻲI talked to the man : ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﺮﻭﺭ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ "."the man which
ﺿﻤﲑ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ،ﺍﻟﱵ" ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ.
ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺘﻬﺎ. that
This is the car which I bought.
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻭﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﹰ ،ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﻭﺍﳉﺮ ،ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻞ ﳏﻞ who , whom , whichﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓـﻼ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﻻ .who , whom
ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ.
This is the man (whom/ ( /that) I can trust.
I talked to John (who/that ( ﺃﻧﺎ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔthat) left yesterday. . ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ whichﻣﻊ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ.ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﻳﻘﻨﺎ. The team which wears in green is our team. ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﻻ ﳚﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻮﺻـﻞ.ﻣﺜﻞ: ﺧﻄﺄ
1) This is the man that I can trust him. him.
ﺻﺢ )ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ( ﺧﻄﺄ ﺻﺢ )ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺘﻬﺎ(
This is the man that I can trust. 2) This is the car which I bought it.. This is the car which I bought.
ﳝﻜﻦ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ.This is the doctor (whom (whom/that)) I met him yesterday. This is the car (which/that ( that) I bought.
ﱂ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ whomﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺢ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ whoﻋﻮﺿﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ.Omar AL-Hourani AL
٤١
www.expenglish.com english.com
Select the ONE lettered answer that is BEST in each question: 1) Pronoun "you" is: A. Singular Subject Personal Pronoun. B. Plural Subject Personal Pronoun. C. Singular Object Personal Pronoun. D. Plural Object Personal Pronoun. E. All above. 2) Pronoun "him" is: A. Singular Subject Personal Pronoun. B. Plural Subject Personal Pronoun. C. Singular Object Personal Pronoun. D. Plural Object Personal Pronoun. E. All above. 3) Pronoun "they" is used to express: A. People. B. Things. C. Animals. D. A & C. E. A & B & C. 4) Pronoun "it" is used to express: A. People. B. Things. C. Animals. D. B & C. E. A & B & C. 5) Pronoun "those"… A. is the opposite of these. B. points to thing that are near. C. points to people that are not near. D. A & B. E. A & C. F. B & C. 6) Choose the correct sentence: A. She wishes to be an artist. B. i speak English very well. C. This pen is for a friend of me. D. Look at all that houses. E. None of all above.
www.expenglish.com
٤٢
Omar AL-Hourani
7) Choose the correct sentence: A. This is the building which I work in it. B. I read these books which is on the table. C. Look at that man, it's my friend. D. I will marry that woman that works in the library. E. None of all above. 8) Choose the correct sentence: A. It is mine cat. B. She is mine cat. C. It is my cat. D. He is my cat. E. None of all above. 9) Choose the correct sentence: A. I want to play soccer with a brother of your. B. I want to play soccer with a brother of her. C. I want to play soccer with a brother of my. D. I want to play soccer with a brother of our. E. None of all above. 10) Choose the correct sentence: A. That is the man who I bought the car from him. B. That is the man who I bought the car from. C. That is the man who I bought the car. D. That is the man which I bought the car. E. None of all above. 11) Choose the correct sentence: A. That is the playground which we play in. B. That is the playground who we play in. C. That is the playground which we play in it. D. That is the playground who we play in it. E. None of all above. 12) Relative pronoun "that" is used to express: A. Singular. B. Plural. C. People D. Things E. All above. F. None of all above. 13) About "that", all answers below are correct except: A. It is used to introduce a defining relative clause. B. It is similar to "who" and "which". C. It is a singular pronoun which indicates something not near. D. None of all above.
www.expenglish.com
٤٣
Omar AL-Hourani
www.expenglish.com
٤٤
Omar AL-Hourani
مقدمة :Introduction ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﰲ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ .ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﱪﺓ ﺍﻟـﱵﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﻓﻴﺴﻮﺭ :Geoffrey Leech
ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﺪﺩﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳـﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺴﻮﻯ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ. ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ Auxiliary Verbsﺇﱃ ﻗﺴﻤﲔ ﳘﺎ: be - have - do :Primary Auxiliary Verbsﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻛﻔﻌﻞ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ. ﻼ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻫﻢ: :Modal Auxiliary Verbsﻋﺪﺩﻫﻢ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻓﻌ ﹰ will - would - can - could - may - might - shall - should must - ought to - used to ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻋﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻀـﺎﻑ ﻟـﻪ " "-sﺃﻭ " "-ingﺃﻭ" "-edﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺒﻘﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺟﺮ musts , musting , to mustﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﰲ ﻼ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻓﻘـﻂ " "be , have , doﻓـﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺿـﺎﻓﺔ ﳍـﻢ " "-sﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻼ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺴـﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ. " "-ingﺃﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﻘﻬﻢ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺟﺮ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺗﻔﻮﻕ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻓﻌـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ،ﻓﺎﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﰲ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻭﺃﺯﻣﻨـﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ...ﺇﱁ. ﺧﻄﺄ
He wills go.
ﺻﺢ )ﻫﻮ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ(
He will go.
ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼـﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝﻭﻏﲑ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﻪ –sﺃﻭ (–ing
Omar AL-Hourani
٤٥
www.expenglish.com
ﺧﻄﺄ "ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ"
He will going. go .
ﺻﺢ )ﻫﻮ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ(
He will go.
ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ willﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺳﻮﻑ". بعض األفعال المساعدة :Auxiliary Verbs be
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ: ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ: .ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ is He , She , It , ﺍﺳﻢ .ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ are You , We , They , am I. (١ﻋﻨﺪ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻛ ﻦ ،ﻛﻮﱐ ،ﻛﻮﻧﺎ ،ﻛﻮﻧﻮﺍ ،ﻛﻦbe ." (٢ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ. (٣ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ. ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ: .ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ was I , He , She , It , ﺍﺳﻢ .ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ were You , We , They , ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ: been I , He , She , It , You , We , They. - be + -ing being. b - were + -s was.
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ :am , is , areﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ "ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ". (١ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﺧﱪﻩ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ،ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ،ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ،ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ."... (٢ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻱ -ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﹰﺎ.
(I am/I'm m) a genius. genius.
ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻱ -ﻫﻮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﹰﺎ.
'(He is/He /He's) a genius. genius.
ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﺔ -ﻫﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﺔ.
'(She is/She She's) a genius. genius.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٤٦
www.expenglish.com english.com
(It is/It's)) a genius. ﻫﻮ/ﻫﻲ "ﻏﲑ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ" ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻱ/ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﺔ -ﻫﻮ/ﻫﻲ "ﻏﲑ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ" ﻳﻜﻮﻥ/ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﹰﺎ/ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﺔgenius . (You are/You're are re) a genius. genius. ﺃﻧﺖ ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻱ -ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﹰﺎ. ﳓﻦ ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﻮﻥ -ﳓﻦ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﲔ.
'(We are/We /We're)) geniuses. es.
ﻫﻢ ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﻮﻥ -ﻫﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﺒﻘﺮﻳﲔ.
'(They are/They are They're) geniuses. geniuses.
ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ:He is He's , She is She's , It is It's John is John's , Ali is Ali's ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ:You are You're , They are They're , We are We're I am I'm ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻼﻥ :was , wereﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ "ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ". (١ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﺧﱪﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﲟﻌﲎ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ "ﻛـﺎﻥ ،ﻛﺎﻧـﺖ ،ﻛﻨـﺖ ،ﹸﻛﻨـﺎ ، (٢ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ."... ﺖ ﻫﻨﺎ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﻛﻨ
I was here.
ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ.
He was here.
ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎ.
She was here.
ﻫﻮ/ﻫﻲ "ﻏﲑ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ" ﻛﺎﻥ/ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎ.
It was here.
ﺖ ﻫﻨﺎ. ﺃﻧﺖ ﻛﻨ
You were here.
ﳓﻦ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ.
We were here.
ﻫﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻫﻨﺎ.
They were here.
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ :beﻼ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻳﻜﻮﻥ". (١ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ.
I will be there minutes later.
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ :beenﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ "ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ". (١ﻓﻌ ﹰ Omar AL-Hourani AL
٤٧
www.expenglish.com english.com
have
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ: ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ: .ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ has He , She , It , ﺍﺳﻢ .ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ have I , You , We ,They , ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ: had I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
- have + -ing having. - have + -s has. - have + -ed had. ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﹰﺎ: ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ hasﻓﻌ ﹰHe has He's , She has She's , It has It's , John has John's , Ali has Ali 's ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ " "have , hadﻓﻌ ﹰﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ: I have I've , You have You've , We have We've , They have They've )ﻧﺎﺩﺭ( He had He'd , She had She'd , It had It'd I had I'd , You had You'd , We had We'd , They had They'd ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻼﻥ :has , haveﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ "ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ". (١ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻼ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﳝﻠﻚ )ﻟﺪﻯ( ،ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ،ﳚﺮﻱ )ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑـ(". (٢ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ. ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ .ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﻫﻮ ﳝﻠﻚ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
He has friends.
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ. ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ .ﺃﻭ ﻫﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﻫﻲ ﲤﻠﻚ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
She has friends.
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ. ﻫﻮ/ﻫﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ//ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ .ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮ ﳝﻠﻚ/ﲤﻠﻚ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ" ﳝﻠﻚ "ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻫﻮ/ﻫﻲ ﻏﲑ
It has friends.
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ. ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ .ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻣﻠﻚ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
I have friends.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٤٨
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ. ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ .ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﺃﻧﺖ ﲤﻠﻚ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
You have friends.
ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ. ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ .ﺃﻭ ﳓﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﳓﻦ ﳕﻠﻚ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ
We have friends.
ﻫﻢ ﳝﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ .ﺃﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ.
They have friends.
ﻼ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻪ " "toﲟﻌﲎ "ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ". (٣ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻵﻥ.
He has to go now.
ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻵﻥ.
She has to go now.
ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ/ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ "ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ" ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ/ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻵﻥ.
It has to go now.
ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻵﻥ.
I have to go now.
ﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻵﻥ. ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴ
You have to go now.
ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻵﻥ.
We have to go now.
ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﻵﻥ.
They have to go now.
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ :hadﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ "ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ". (١ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻼ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ has , haveﲟﻌﲎ "ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻯ ،ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ،ﺟﺮﻯ )ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑـ(". (٢ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ.
He had friends.
ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ.
She had friends.
ﻫﻮ/ﻫﻲ "ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ" ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ/ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ.
It had friends. I had friends.
ﺃﻧﺖ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ.
You had friends.
ﳓﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ.
We had friends. friends.
ﻫﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ.
They had friends.
"."own ﻣﻌﲎ "ﳝﺘﻠﻚ ،ﳝﻠﻚ" ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ "ownﻫﻮ ﺍﻣﺘﻠﻚ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ.
He owned a car.
ﻼ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻪ " "toﲟﻌﲎ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ " "have toﺃﻭ "ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ". (٣ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻵﻥ. Omar AL-Hourani AL
He had to go now. ٤٩
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻵﻥ.
She had to go now.
ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ/ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ "ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ" ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ/ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻵﻥ.
It had to go now.
ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻵﻥ.
I had to go now.
ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻵﻥ.
You had to go now.
ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻵﻥ.
We had to go now.
ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﻵﻥ.
They had to go now.
do
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ: ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ: .ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ do I , You , We , They , ﺍﺳﻢ .ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ does He , She , It , ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ: ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ:
did I , He , She , It , You , We , They. done I , He , She , It , You , We , They. - doo + -ing doing. - do + -s does. - do + -ed did.
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ :do , does , didﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ "ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ". (١ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ "ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ". (٢ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺗﻮﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ. (٣ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻼ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ. ﻫﻮ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻓﻌ ﹰ
He does seem good.
ﻼ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ. ﻫﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻓﻌ ﹰ
She does seem good.
ﻼ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ. ﻫﻮ/ﻫﻲ "ﻏﲑ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ" ﻳﺒﺪﻭ/ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻓﻌ ﹰ
It does seem good.
ﻼ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﺪﻭ ﻓﻌ ﹰ
I do seem good.
ﻼ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ. ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻓﻌ ﹰ
You do seem good.
ﻼ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ. ﳓﻦ ﻧﺒﺪﻭ ﻓﻌ ﹰ
We do seem good.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٥٠
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﻼ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ. ﻫﻢ ﻳﺒﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻌ ﹰ
They do seem good.
ﻼ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﹰﺎ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ،ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ،ﻳﻨﺠﺰ ،ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑـ". (٤ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑـﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ.
He does his job well.
ﻫﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑـﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ.
She does her job well.
ﻫﻮ/ﻫﻲ "ﻏﲑ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ" ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑـﻌﻤﻠﻪ/ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑـﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﻡ ﺑـﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ.
I do my job well.
ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑـﻌﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ.
You do your job well.
ﳓﻦ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑـﻌﻤﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ" .ﻣﺎﺿﻲ"
We did our job well.
ﻫﻢ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺑـﻌﻤﻠﻬﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ" .ﻣﺎﺿﻲ" will
It does its job well.
They did their job well.
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ: ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ: will I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ: would I , He , She , It , You , We , They. ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " :willﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ"ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺳﻮﻑ" "ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ". (١ﻓﻌ ﹰ
ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺳﺎﻋﺔSusan will be here in half of an hour. . ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " :wouldﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ"ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺳﻮﻑ" "ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ". (١ﻓﻌ ﹰ (٢ﻓﻌﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ " Future in the Pastﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ". ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ " Conditional Clausesﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﺸﺮ". (٣ﻓﻌ ﹰ (٤ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻬﺬﺏ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ. ﻫﻞ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﱄ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﻠﻤﻚ؟ "ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻬﺬﺏ"
Omar AL-Hourani
?Would you lend me your pen
٥١
www.expenglish.com
shall
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ: ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ: shall I , He , She , It , You , We , They. ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ: should I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ :shallﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺳﻮﻑ" ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ Iﺃﻭ ،Weﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻞ ﳏﻠـﻪ willﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐـﺔ (١ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺎﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺴـﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ. ﻫﻞ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ؟ "ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ"
?Shall we go abroad
ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ instructionsﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﺎﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﺎﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ. (٢ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻀﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﳊﺼﺔ.
All students shall attend the class.
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ :shouldﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻﳛﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ. (١ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﲣﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ" .ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ" The government should lower taxes. ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻣﻚ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳﺒﻮﻉ" .ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻚ ﻻﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ" You should phone your mother every week. ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ .rules & instructions (٢ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻳﺮﻭﺍ ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﺍ" .ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺣﻜﻴﻢ "old saying Children should be seen and not heard. ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﳏﺘﻤﻞ ﻭﻣﺮﺟﺢ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ. (٣ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻵﻥ" .ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺮﺟﺢ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ" The plane should land right now. (٤ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ should + have + V.3ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺳﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ .ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ؟ ?You should have posted those letters. Why didn't you Omar AL-Hourani
٥٢
www.expenglish.com
ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ .ﺃﻳﻦ ﻫﻮ؟ ?He should have been home long ago. Where is he ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ:
may
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ: may I , He , She , It , You , We , They. ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ: might I , He , She , It , You , We , They. ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ :mayﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻟﺸـﻲﺀ " permissionﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ canﻭ couldﺷـﺎﺋﻊ (١ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ". ﻫﻞ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ؟ "ﻃﻠﺐ ﺇﺫﻥ"
?May I come in
ﻫﻞ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻮﻱ؟ "ﻃﻠﺐ ﺇﺫﻥ"
?May I use your cell phone
ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ possibilityﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿـﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﲟﻌـﲎ "ﺭﲟـﺎ (٢ﻓﻌ ﹰ ."perhaps ال أعرف يا سيد بيكر. ربما ھو مريض. I don't know, Mr Baker. He may be ill.
أين جيمس؟ لماذا تأخر؟ ?Where's James ?Why is he late
Or he may be too lazy to come to school.
أو ربما ھو كسول جداً ليأتي إلى المدرسة.
ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺭﲟﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ. The news may be true. OR Perhaps the news is true. ﻫﻲ ﺭﲟﺎ ﺳﺘﻤﻄﺮ ﻏﺪﹰﺍ. It may rain tomorrow. OR Perhaps it rains tomorrow.
Omar AL-Hourani
٥٣
www.expenglish.com
(٣ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ may + have + V.3ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻣـﺎ possibilityﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ. ﻫﻮ ﺭﲟﺎ ﻣﺎﺕ.
He may have dead.
ﻫﻮ ﺭﲟﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﻳﻀﹰﺎ.
He may have been ill.
(٤ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ may + be + V-ingﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤـﺎﻝ ﻣـﺎ possibility ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻵﻥ. ﻫﻮ ﺭﲟﺎ ﺁﰐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ.
He may be coming to school on foot.
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ :mightﻟﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ " couldﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻻﺣﻘﹰﺎ" ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ،ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳـﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ mightﻭﺑﲔ couldﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ. can
ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ: ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ: can I , He , She , It , You , We , They.
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ: could I , He , She , It , You , We , They. ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ :canﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﺴﺪﻳﺔ abilityﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦ". (١ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ.
He can speak English.
ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﲔ ﻫﻨﺎ.
You cannot smoke here.
(٢ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻟﺸﻲﺀ " permissionﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ."could ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻏﺪ" .ﺇﺫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﺣﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ" You can borrow the radio until tomorrow. (٣ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ possibilityﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺭﲟـﺎ " "perhapsﻳﻔﻀـﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ."may ﺍﳉﻮ ﺭﲟﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺩﳍﻲ.
Omar AL-Hourani
The weather can be very hot in Delhi.
٥٤
www.expenglish.com
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ :couldﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﺴﺪﻳﺔ abilityﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ،ﺗ ﻤﻜﱠـﻦ ،ﻛـﺎﻥ (١ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ،ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ". ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ.
He could learn English.
ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ،ﻛﺎﻥ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﻌﻄﻔﹰﺎ ﺑﻌﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﻻﺭﹰﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ. In those days, you could buy a coat for $20 only. (٢ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺮﺟﺢ. ﻫﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲤﻄﺮ ﻏﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻏﻴﻮﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ" .ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺃﻥ ﲤﻄﺮ ﻏﺪﹰﺍ" It could rain tomorrow, but there are no clouds in the sky today. ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﲑﹰﺍ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺎ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺹ ﺿﺌﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ" .ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﲑﹰﺍ" One day I could become a millionaire, but the chances are very small. (٣ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻟﺸﻲﺀ .permission ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻏﺪ" .ﺇﺫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﺣﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ" You could borrow the radio until tomorrow. ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺣﺎﺕ .suggestionsﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﺩﺛﺔ :Conversation (٤ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ :ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﺄﻓﻌﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻟﻐﱵ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ؟ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻢ :ﺣﺴﻨﺎﹰ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺎﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ" .ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ" ?Student: What will I do to improve my English Teacher: Well, you could try some of these grammar exercises. ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ.
must -ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ :must
ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻟﺰﺍﻡ .obligation (١ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﳛﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ" .ﺇﻥ ﱂ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺴﺘﻤﻮﺕ"
You must eat to live.
ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﹰﺎ ﺃﻡ ﻻ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺷـﻌﻮﺭ (٢ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ .ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺎﺗﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ: ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﻗﺪﱘ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ" .ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﻗﺪﱘ"
This mosque is very old.
ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪﳝﹰﺎ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ" .ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﳝﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﺮﻩ ﻳﻮﺣﻲ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻗﺪﱘ" This mosque must be very old. Omar AL-Hourani
٥٥
www.expenglish.com
ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﺩﺛﺔ :Conversation ﺃ .ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ. ﺏ .ﻧﻌﻢ ،ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺑﲏ .ﻫﻮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ" .ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺷﻜﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ" A. There is somebody knocking on the door. B. Yes, it must be my son. He always gets home at this time. ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ shouldﺃﻗﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ .must mustﻭ have toﳍﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺃﻱ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ .must = have to ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ mustﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ have toﻭﻫﻮ "."had to ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ couldﻭ :mightﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ mightﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ،possibilityﻭﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ couldﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺧﺼﺔ ﻟﺸﻲﺀ .permission ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ can , may , couldﲨﻴﻌﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻟﺸﻲﺀ ،permissionﻭﻟﻜﻦ couldﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ canﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ ،mayﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺇﻥ mayﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺬﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ .can ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ can , may , will , must , shallﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﻢ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺟﺮ. ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺁﺧﺮ.used to ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ:Verb.1 + Object -ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ .use to
+
used to
+
Subject
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ :used to (١ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻵﻥ. ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ" .ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ"
Omar AL-Hourani AL
She used to be a teacher.
٥٦
www.expenglish.com english.com
but now she works in news paper. ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺋﺪ.
She used to be a teacher. ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ.
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺃﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺪﺭﻳﺪ .ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻛﻮﺍﻻﳌﺒﻮﺭ" .ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺪﺭﻳﺪ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺪﺭﻳﺪ" I used to work in Madrid. Now I work in Kuala Lumpur. (٢ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺒﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ .past habit ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﺃﻃﻔﺎﻻﹰ ،ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﻠﻌﺐ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻠﻌﺐ" .ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ" When we were children, we used to play in that playground playground. ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻲ ﳘﺎ: (١ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ " "did notﺃﻭ " "didn'tﻭﻧﺒﺪﻝ ﻣﻦ used toﺇﱃ .use to ﻫﻲ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ "ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ". She (did )did not/didn't not didn't) use to be a teacher. (٢ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ " "notﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ usedﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ. ﻫﻲ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ "ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ". She used use not to be a teacher. ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﳘﺎ: (١ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ " "Didﻭﻧﺒﺪﻝ ﻣﻦ used toﺇﱃ .use to ﻫﻞ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ؟
?Did she use to be a teacher
(٢ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ usedﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﻫﻞ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ؟
?Used she to be a teacher
"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ used toﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ" "ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ"
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٥٧
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺱ /ﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﻨﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ "ﻫﻮ ﺳﻴﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ" ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﻌـﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺁﺧﺮ؟ ﲤﻌﻦ ﺟﻴﺪﹰﺍ: ﺝ /ﻃﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ: ﺧﻄﺄ ﻛﺒﲑ )ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺁﺧﺮ(
He will can do that.
ﺑﻞ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ: ﻫﻮ ﺳﻴﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
He will be able to do that.
٥٨
www.expenglish.com english.com
Select the ONE lettered answer that is BEST in each question: 1) When we ask a permission, we had better use: A. might. B. could. C. may. D. can. E. None of all above. 2) "must" is used to express: A. Possibility. B. Obligation. C. Ability. D. Intention. 3) "may" is used to express: A. Possibility. B. Permission. C. Ability. D. Suggestion. 4) Choose the correct sentence: A. Could I get that pen? B. Can I get that pen? C. May I get that pen? D. Might I get that pen? 5) I may ......... able to come to your party if I have the time. A. be B. being C. being to D. can 6) I ......... speak French without a problem now because I have had many lessons. A. may B. can C. have D. could 7) "be" is: A. Modal Auxiliary Verb B. Primary Auxiliary Verb. C. All above. D. None of all above.
www.expenglish.com
ŮĽŮŠ
Omar AL-Hourani
8) We ......... leave to San Francisco tomorrow. A. will B. would C. were D. have E. None of all above. 9) When we say an old saying, we had better use: A. must. B. could. C. should. D. used to. 10) When we say something we do not know if it is true but we have plenty of evidence, we had better use: A. must. B. could. C. should. D. may.
www.expenglish.com
ŮŚŮ
Omar AL-Hourani
www.expenglish.com
ูฆูก
Omar AL-Hourani
مقدمة :Introduction ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ: (١ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ .Present Tense (٢ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ .Past Tense (٣ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ .Future Tense ﻭﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ: (١ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ .Simple Tense (٢ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ .Progressive (Continuous) Tense (٣ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ .Perfect Tense (٤ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ .Perfect Progressive (Continuous) Tense (١صيغ الحاضر :Present Tense ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ /ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ :Present Simple ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ:Object
+
Verb.1
ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ
"ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ"
+
Subject ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ، It ، She ، Heﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ:ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ " "sﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ .s ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ، I ، They ، We ، Youﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ:ﻻ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲﺀ. Omar AL-Hourani AL
٦٢
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺲ.
He plays tennis.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ ﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ.
I live in New York City.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ: (١ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ. ﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺲ" .ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ"
She plays tennis.
(٢ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ. ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻳﻐﻠﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ١٠٠ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ" .ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ"
ْWater boils at 100 100 C.
ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ" .ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ"
The earth moves around the sun.
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ /ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ :Present Progressive ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ:Object
+
ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ
Verb-ing Verb ing -ing ﻓﻌﻞ ing +
am + is + are
Subject ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ .-ing ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ing ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ، It ، She ، Heﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ:ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ .is ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ، They ، We ، Youﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ:ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ .are ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ :Iﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ .am Omar AL-Hourani AL
٦٣
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺔ.
'(He is/He /He's) playing basketball.
ﻫﻢ ﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ.
'(They are/They are/They're) watching the TV.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: (١ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻵﻥ. ﻫﻲ ﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ" .ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻵﻥ"
(She is/She's) watching the TV.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ" .ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻵﻥ"
(I am/I'm) having lunch.
(٢ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺟﺪ ﺷﻘﺔ ،ﻟﺬﺍ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺳﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺧﻲ" .ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ" I cannot find a flat, so (I am/I'm) living with my brother. (٣ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ "ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ willﺃﻭ ."be going to ﺳﻴﺴﺎﻓﺮﻭﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ" .ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ" (They are/They're) traveling on Friday. ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺲ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ State (Stative) Verbsﻻ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﺑـﺪﹰﺍ ﰲ ﺻـﻴﻐﺔﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ: ,ﻳﺘﻤﲎ , wishﻳﺮﻳﺪ , wantﻳﻜﺮﻩ , hateﻳﻔﻀﻞ , preferﳛﺐ , loveﻳﻔﻀﻞ like ,ﻳﻌﺮﻑ , knowﻳﺼﺪﻕ , believeﻳﺘﺨﻴﻞ , imagineﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ , thinkﳛﺘﺎﺝ need ,ﻳﺘﺬﻛﺮ , rememberﻳﻔﻬﻢ , understandﻳﻘﺼﺪ , meanﻳﺪﺭﻙ realize ,ﻳﺒﺪﻭ , seemﳝﻠﻚ , ownﻳﺮﻯ , seeﻳﺮﺟﻮﺍ , hopeﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ , supposeﻳﻨﺴﻰ forget … ,ﳛﺘﻮﻱ , containﻳﻼﺀﻡ , belongﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﹰﺎ , soundﻳﻈﻬﺮ , appearﻳﻜﻮﻥ be
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٦٤
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ:ﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﹰﺍ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﹰﺍ. ﺧﻄﺄ
He is wanting to buy a new computer.
ﺻﺢ
He wants to buy a new computer.
ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ wantﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺲ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ State Verbsﻻ ﻳﺄﰐ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ. ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ State Verbﻭ .Action Verbﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ""thinkﻓﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻴﺎﻥ "ﻳﻔﻜﺮ" ﻭ "ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ" ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ "ﻳﻔﻜﺮ" ﻓﻴﻌﺘﱪ Action Verbﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳـﺄﰐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻓﻜﺮ.
I am thinking.
ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ :taste ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻵﻳﺲ ﻛﺮﱘ ﺗﻔﻮﺡ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﻣﺜﲑﺓ ﻟﻼﴰﺌﺰﺍﺯThis ice cream tastes disgusting. . ﻫﻮ ﻳﺘﺬﻭﻕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺀ ﻟﲑﻯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻠﺢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ. He is tasting the soup to see if it needs more salt.
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ: ﺧﻄﺄ
1) She works here until Monday.
ﺻﺢ )ﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﲔ(
2) She is working here until Monday.
ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ،ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ. ﺧﻄﺄ
2) He is seeming very tired.
ﺻﺢ )ﻫﻮ ﻳﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﺘﻌﺒﹰﺎ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ(
3) He seems very tired.
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ seemﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺲ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ،State Verbsﻟﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ.
Omar AL-Hourani
٦٥
www.expenglish.com
ﺧﻄﺄ
3) Where is John? He cleans the car.
ﺻﺢ )ﺃﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﻥ؟ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﻈﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ(
4) Where is John? He is cleaning the car.
ﻋﻤﻞ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻵﻥ ،ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ. ﺧﻄﺄ
4) Vegetarians are not not eating meat.
ﺻﺢ )ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﻴﻮﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻮﻡ(
Vegetarians do not eat meat.
ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ،ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ. ﺛﺎﻟﺜﹰﺎ /ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ :Present Perfect ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ:Object
Verb.3
+
has + have +
Subject ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ
"ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ"
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ، It ، She ، Heﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ:ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ .has ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ، I ، They ، We ، Youﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ:ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ .have
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ. ﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﺮﺃ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ.
'(I have/I /I've) read the book. '(He has/He /He's) watched watch the TV for two hours.
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ readﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ Irregular Verbsﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ: read - read - read "ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ"
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٦٦
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ: ﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ،ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺎ. (١ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺛﺮ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻰ ،ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﹰﺍ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ. ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺳﺎﻗﻬﺎ" .ﺍﻷﺛﺮ :ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺳﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﺎﰿ ﺑﻌﺪ" (He has/He's) broken her leg. ﺖ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ" .ﺍﻷﺛﺮ :ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ" ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳ (I have/I've) bought a new car. ﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ" .ﺍﻷﺛﺮ :ﻫﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ" ﻟﻘﺪ ﺫﻫﺒ (She has/She's) gone at home.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ،
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﻷﺛﺮ
(٢ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﹰﺍ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ .ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﳘﺎ: ﳌﺪﺓ , forﻣﻨﺬ since ﺖ ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ" ﺖ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ" .ﻣﺎﺯﻟ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺩﺭﺳ (I have/I've) studied English since I started in a secondary school. ﺖ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ ﰲ ﻫﻮﻧﻎ ﻛﻮﻧﻎ" ﺖ ﰲ ﻫﻮﻧﻎ ﻛﻮﻧﻎ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ" .ﻣﺎﺯﻟ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﺸ (I have/I've) lived in Hong Kong for twenty years. ﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﺳﻮﻓﺖ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﺘﲔ" .ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﺳﻮﻓﺖ" (He has/He's) worked for Microsoft for two years.
Omar AL-Hourani
٦٧
www.expenglish.com
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ ،ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ .ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ: ﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺳﻨﲔ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﻷﻧﲏ ﻋﺸ I know a lot about China, because I have lived in China for 3 years. ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﲔ .ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻷﻥ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴـﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ (١ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻧﲏ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﲔ. (٣ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﹰﺎ .ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ .have + just + Verb.3 ﻟﻘﺪ ﻓﺎﺯ.
(He has/He's) won.
ﺖ ﻭﺟﺒﺔ ﻟﺬﻳﺬﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻮ. ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟ
(I have/I've) just had a delicious meal.
(٤ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﱂ ﳛﺪﺩ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ )ﺯﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻬﻤﹰﺎ( .ﻭﻳـﺄﰐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ: ﺑﻌ ﺪ , yetﻣﺮﺓ , onceﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ , everﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ , neverﺍﻵﻥ , alreadyﻗﺒﻞ before , - timesﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ , many timesﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ several times ﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ. ﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻳ
(I have/I've) seen that movie twenty times.
ﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ.
)(II have/I've have/I've) met him once before. before.
ﻟﻘﺪ ﺳﺎﻓﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ.
People have traveled to the moon.
ﺤﺪﺩ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ. ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﱂ ﻳ
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٦٨
www.expenglish.com english.com
(٥ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﳒﺎﺯﺍﺕ. ﺖ ﰲ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ" .ﲡﺮﺑﺔ" ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﻨ
(I have/I've) been to France.
ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ" .ﺇﳒﺎﺯ" ﻟﻘﺪ ﻣﺸﻴ
(I have/I've) walked on the moon.
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ:(I have/I've) been to France. (I have/I've) been in France for six months. ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ to Franceﺗﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﻭﻋﺎﺩ. ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ in Franceﺗﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﰲ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ. (٦ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻋﻤﻞ ﱂ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ. ﺟﻴﻤﺲ ﱂ ﻳﻨﻬﻲ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ. (James has/James's) not finished his homework yet. yet ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ.
The rain has nott stopped.
ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺟﻴﻤﺲ ﱂ ﻳﻨﻬﻲ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺎﻫﺎ. ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ. ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ: ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻓﻴﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿـﻲﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﹰﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﺃﺛﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﹰﺍ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ ﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ" .ﻫﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ" I live in New York City. ﺖ ﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ" .ﺍﻵﻥ ﻻ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ ﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻘـﺪ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﺸ ﻋﺸﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﰐ" (II have/I've) lived in New York City. ﺖ ﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ" .ﻣﺎﺯﻟﺖ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ ﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ" ﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﺸ (I have/I've) lived in New York City for four years.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٦٩
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ:I work for that company. (I have/I've) worked for that company since October. ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ )ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ( ﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ( ﻫﻮ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺷﻬﺮ )ﺃﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ/ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ( ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ. ﺭﺍﺑﻌﹰﺎ /ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ :Present Perfect Progressive ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ:Object ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ
+
VerbVerb-ing ing
been
+
ﻓﻌﻞ -ing +
has + have
+
Subject ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺄﰐ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﳘﺎ ""since , for -ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ .-ing
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺳﻜﻮ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﻥ ﲣﺮﺟﺖ. '(I have/I /I've) been living in Moscow since I graduated. '(He has/He ﺳﺎﻋﺔ/He's) been watching the TV for an hour . ﻫﻮ ﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: (١ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﹰﺍ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ .ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﺪﺍﻳـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﳘﺎ: ﳌﺪﺓ , forﻣﻨﺬ since
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٧٠
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺖ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ" ﺖ ﻳﻮﻣﲔ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﻟ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻳﻮﻣﲔ" .ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻣﻀﻴ (I have/I've) been writing a letter for two days. ﺟﻴﻤﺲ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺷﻬﺮ )ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ/ﺣﺰﻳﺮﺍﻥ(" .ﺟﻴﻤﺲ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ" (James )James has/James's has/James's) been teaching at the university university since June. ﺖ ﺍﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ" .ﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻻﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻟ ﺍﻵﻥ" )(II have/I've have/I've) been studying Italian since I was ten years old.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ (٢ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﹰﺎ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ .ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻣﻊ recentlyﻭ .lately ﻫﻲ ﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﹰﺍ. (She has/She's) been watching too much television lately lately. Recently, (I have/I've) been feeling tired. Recently, ﺖ ﺃﺷﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺐ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺍﹰ. ﻛﻨ ﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﻛﺘﺌﺎﺏ" .ﺣﺪﻳﺜﹰﺎ"
Mary has been feeling depressed. depressed.
ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺲ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ State Verbsﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻓﻘﻂﰲ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ. ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ،ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻬـﺬﺍﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ. Omar AL-Hourani AL
٧١
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﹰﺍ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ ،ﻭﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘـﺎﻡﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ،ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ .ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ: ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﹰﺍ" ﺖ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﰐ" .ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻴ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺘﺒ (I have/I've) written the story of my life.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﰐ" .ﱂ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ" (I have/I've) been writing the story of my life.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ" .ﱂ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ" (I have/I've) been reading the book. ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﹰﺍ" ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ" .ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻴ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﺮﺃ (I have/I've) read the book. ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻳﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻟـﻪ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻓﲑﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ .ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ: ﺖ ﺷﻄﲑﺗﻚ" .ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻛﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻠﻘﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ" ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻛﻠ (I have/I've) eaten your sandwich. ﺖ ﺁﻛﻞ ﺷﻄﲑﺗﻚ" .ﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﻘﻲ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ" ﻛﻨ (I have/I've) been eating your sandwich. ﺖ ﺃﻟﻌﺐ ﻓﺎﻷﺳـﺒﻮﻉ ﱂ ﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﻟ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻟﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ" .ﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ" (I have/I've) been playing a lot of football this week. ﺖ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ" .ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻓﻠﻘﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ" ﻟﻘﺪ ﻟﻌﺒ (I have/I've) played a lot of football this week. Omar AL-Hourani
٧٢
www.expenglish.com
ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻮﺻـﻒ ﻋﻤـﻞﻣﺆﻗﺖ. ﺖ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ" ﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺳﻨﲔ" .ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ،ﻣﺎﺯﻟ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﺸ (I have/I've) lived in Cairo for ten years. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻳﻮﻣﲔ" .ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ،ﻣﺎﺯﻟﺖ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﺳﺄﻏﺎﺩﺭ" (I have/I've) been living in Cairo for two days. ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ،"since , for" :ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ .ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﺩﺛﺔ :Conversation ?A. What are doing now B. I am teaching. ?A. When have you been teaching since B. I have been teaching since three hours. ﺃ .ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ؟ ﺏ .ﺃﻧﺎ ﹸﺃ ﺩﺭﺱ. ﺃ .ﻣﻨﺬ ﻣﱴ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗ ﺪﺭﺱ؟ ﺏ .ﺃﻧﺎ ﹸﺃ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ. "ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ" ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ "."since , forﺧﻄﺄ
I am playing football for an hour.
ﺻﺢ
I have been playing football for an hour.
Omar AL-Hourani
٧٣
www.expenglish.com
(٢صيغ الماضي :Past Tense ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ /ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ :Past Simple ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ:Object
+
Verb.2
ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ
"ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ"
+
Subject ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﺖ ﰲ ﺃﳌﺎﻧﻴﺎ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﻠ
I worked in Germany.
ﳓﻦ ﺫﻫﺒﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ.
We went to the cinema yesterday.
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ wentﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ goﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ goﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ Irregular Verbsﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ: go - went - gone "ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ" ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ (١ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ. ﺖ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ" .ﻋﻤﻞ ﺣﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ" ﺃﻧﺎ ﺭﺃﻳ
I saw a movie yesterday.
(٢ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ .ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ: ,ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ , all yearﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ , from - to , for - , all dayﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ yesterday ,ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻀﺖ , last - , one year agoﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ last week … ,ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ , at that momentﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ that day ﺖ ﰲ ﻛﻨﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ١٩٩٠ﺇﱃ " .١٩٩٥ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ" ﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﻠ I worked in Canada from 1990 to 1995. ﻫﻮ ﻋﺎﺵ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺯﻳﻞ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﺘﲔ" .ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺯﻳﻞ" He lived in Brazil for two years. Omar AL-Hourani
٧٤
www.expenglish.com
ﻫﻢ ﺟﻠﺴﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﺊ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ.
They sat at the beach all day.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ (٣ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ. ﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺭﺍﺋﻌﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ. ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﺊ ﻭﻭﺟﺪ ﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻭﲤﺸﻴ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻴ I finished my work, walked to the beach, and found a nice place to swim. (٤ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ " Conditional Clausesﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﺸﺮ". ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ: ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ .ﻗـﺎﺭﻥ ﺑـﲔﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ: ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺳﺎﻗﻬﺎ" .ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭﹰﺍ" (He has/He's) broken her leg. ﻫﻮ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺳﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ" .ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻻ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ" He broke her leg at four o'clock. ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ .ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ: ,ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ , all yearﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ , from - to , for - , all dayﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ yesterday ,ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻀﺖ , last - , one year agoﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ last week … ,ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ , at that momentﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ that day ﺧﻄﺄ
(He has/He's) left last year.
ﺻﺢ )ﻫﻮ ﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ(
Omar AL-Hourani
He left last year.
٧٥
www.expenglish.com
ﺧﻄﺄ
(He has/He's) come back yesterday.
ﺻﺢ )ﻫﻮ ﻋﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ(
He came back yesterday.
ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﹰﺎ "ﻣﺆﺧﺮﹰﺍ" .ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ:ﻫﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﻮﺭ ﻟﺘﻮﻙ؟ "ﻣﺆﺧﺮﹰﺍ"
?Have you just had breakfast
ﻫﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ؟
?Did you have breakfast this morning
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ /ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ :Past Progressive ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ:Object
+
ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ
Verb-ing
was + were +
ﻓﻌﻞ -ing +
Subject ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺄﰐ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺜﻞ ،"when , while" :ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧـﺖﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﺖ ﺃﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺻﺮﺧﺖ. ﻛﻨ
I was watching the TV when she cried. ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ
ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ ،ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺮﻕ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻪ. While John was sleeping last night, someone stole his car. I was living in Argentina last year. ﺖ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻨﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ. ﻛﻨ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ (١ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰒ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ "ﻟﻴﺲ ﰲ ﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﻓﺒﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺗﺎﻡ" ،ﻭﳚـﺐ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ "."when , while
Omar AL-Hourani
٧٦
www.expenglish.com
ﺕ ﲤﻄﺮ" .ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﰒ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻫـﻮ ﻫﻄـﻮﻝ ﺖ ﺃﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﺑﻴﺲ ،ﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﻨ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ" While I was waiting for the bus, it started raining. ﺃﻭ ﺕ ﲤﻄﺮ. ﺖ ﺃﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﺑﻴﺲ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻛﻨ I was waiting for the bus while it started raining. I was waiting for the bus.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
It started raining.
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
(٢ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﳏﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ. ﺖ ﺃﻟﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ. ﻛﻨ
I was playing basketball last hour.
(٣ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﲔ ﳛﺪﺛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ،ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻣـﻦ ﲨﻠـﺘﲔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻫﻮ " ،"whileﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ. ﺖ ﺃﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ. ﻛﻨ I was studying while Carlos was making dinner. ﺃﻭ While I was studying, Carlos was making dinner. I was studying.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ Carlos was making dinner.
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
(٤ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺋـﻢ ،ﻭﻳـﺄﰐ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨـﻮﻉ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳉﻤـﻞ ﻏﺎﻟﺒـﹰﺎ ﻣـﻊ: .always , constantly Omar AL-Hourani
٧٧
www.expenglish.com
ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ. ﺖ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻛﺎﻧ
She was always coming to class late.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﱂ ﺃﺣﺒﻬﻢ ﻷﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺘﺬﻣﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ. I did nott like them because they were constantly complaining. ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺲ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ State Verbsﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻓﻘـﻂ ﰲﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ. ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ" :ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ".ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ. ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ..ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ
He wanted a car.
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ:)(II have/I've have/I've) been thinking. thinking I was thinking. ﺖ ﺃﻓﻜﺮ" ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ. ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻛﻨ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ )ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ( ﱂ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ( ﻓﻠﻘﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ. ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ /ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ :Past Perfect ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ:Object
+
+
Verb.3
had
+
Subject ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ
"ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ"
ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺄﰐ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﺍﺑـﻂ ﻣﺜـﻞ"after , before , when" :ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ " ،"untilﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٧٨
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺐ ﲬﺲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﲡﻴﺒﻪ. (He had/He'd) written five letters before she answered him. ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﳓﻦ ﺫﻫﺒﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻧﺰﻫﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ. We went on a walk after (we had/we'd) finished dinner. ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﺮﺣﻴﺔ ،ﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭ. When the play had finished, the audience left. ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻟﻨﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ Aﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ .B (١ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Aﺑﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Bﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ،ﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ .Completed Action Before Something in Past ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﺮﺣﻴﺔ. The audience left when the play had finished. ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Aﻫﻮ "ﺍﳌﺴﺮﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ" ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ "ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻏﺎﺩﺭ". ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Aﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Bﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺮﺣﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﳌﻐﺎﺩﺭﺓ. The audience left. The play finished.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
Omar AL-Hourani
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
٧٩
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
www.expenglish.com
(٢ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ ﳏﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ .ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ: after , before , when , as soon as ﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﰲ ﻋﺎﻡ .١٩٨٨ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺯﺭ (I had/I'd) visited the U.S. once before in 1988. ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ) ١٤ﻳﻨﺎﻳﺮ/ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ( ﰲ ﻛﺎﺯﻳﻨﻮ ﻻﺱ ﻓﻴﻐﺎﺱ .ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺟﻮﺯﻳﻒ .ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﺩﺧﺮ ﺟﻮﺯﻳﻒ ﻣﺒﻠﻐﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ .ﻫﻮ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﹰﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻔـﻖ ،ﻭﱂ ﻳﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻪ .ﺃﺧﲑﹰﺍ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ١٤٥.٠٠٠ﺩﻭﻻﺭ ﰲ ﺟﻴﺒﻪ ...ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ. It was afternoon on 14 January in Las Vegas casino. At one of the tables was Joseph. For three years Joseph had saved every penny. He had rarely gone out and he hadn't spent anything on his house. …Finally, he had sold the house and with 145,000 in his pocket ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻷﺎ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ١٤ﻳﻨﺎﻳﺮ )ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ(. (٣ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ " Conditional Clausesﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﺸﺮ". ﺭﺍﺑﻌﹰﺎ /ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ :Past Perfect Progressive ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ:Object
+
ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ
Verb-ing
+
been
ﻓﻌﻞ -ing +
+
had
+
Subject ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ. ﻻ ﺗﺄﰐ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺜـﻞ"after , before , when" :ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ " ،"untilﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴـﺔ ﻣﺎﺿـﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ. -ﻻ ﺗﺄﰐ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﳘﺎ."since , for" :
Omar AL-Hourani
٨٠
www.expenglish.com
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﺖ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﻗﻔﺖ. ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻧ (She had/She'd) been talking for half an hour before she stopped. ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻫﻮ ﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﲔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ. He left to China after (he had/he'd) been teaching at the university for more than a year. ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻨﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ Aﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ .B ﻟﻨﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ Aﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ .B (١ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Aﺑﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Bﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ،ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Aﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ .B ﺖ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﺘﲔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ. ﻛﺎﻧ (She had/She'd) been studying English for two years before she got the job. ﺖ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ" ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ "ﺳﻨﺘﲔ". ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Aﻫﻮ "ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻧ ﺖ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻋﻨـﺪﻣﺎ ﺣﺼـﻠ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Aﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Bﺃﻱ ﺃﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ. She studies English
two years
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
She got the job.
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
(٢ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﳊﺪﺙ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ. ﺟﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﺒﹰﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ. John was tired because (he had/he'd) been working.
Omar AL-Hourani
٨١
www.expenglish.com
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ " "for five daysﺃﻭ ""for three years ﺃﻭ " "for two hoursﰒ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ .ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ: ﻫﻢ ﱂ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻲ ﺣﱴ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ ﺟﻮﻥ. (They )They had/They'd had/They'd) not met an American until they met John. ﻫﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻃﻮﱐ. (They )They had/They'd had/They'd) been talking for an hour before Tony arrived. ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ )ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺗﺎﻡ( ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺑﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ "ﻫﻢ ﱂ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ" ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒـﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺃﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ ﺟﻮﻥ ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ( ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ "ﻫﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﻥ" ﺑﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﰒ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ "ﻫﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ ﺗﻮﱐ" ﺃﻱ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺗﻮﱐ. ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺲ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ State Verbsﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻓﻘﻂﰲ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ. (٣صيغ المستقبل :Future Tense ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻱ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ "."when , while , before , afterﺧﻄﺄ
I will see a movie when I will finish my homework.
ﺻﺢ
I will see a movie when I finish my homework.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٨٢
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ:will /
ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ:He will He'll , She will She'll , It will It'll You will You'll , They will They'll , We will We'll I will I'll That will That'll , This will This'll ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ willﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ .ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ:ﻼ .prediciton (١ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒ ﹰ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ )ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻔﻮﺯ/ﺳﻴﻔﻮﺯ(.
United States team will win.
(٢ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ decisionﺃﻭ ﻧﻴﺔ intentionﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ. ﺃﻧﺎ )ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻏﺎﺩﺭ/ﺳﺄﻏﺎﺩﺭ( ﻏﺪﹰﺍ.
(I will/I'll ll) leave tomorrow.
ﺃﻧﺎ )ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﺗﺼﻞ/ﺳﺄﺗﺼﻞ( ﺑﻚ ﻏﺪﹰﺍ.
(I will/I'll ll) phone you tomorrow.
(٣ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻌﺎﺗﻚ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺮﺟﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻵﻥ" .ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﻰ ﻓﻘﻂ" ﺇﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ .ﻧﻮﺭﻣﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻵﻥ" .ﺗﻮﻗﻌﺎﺗﻚ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻮﺭﻣﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻵﻥ" It is eleven o'clock. Norma will be in bed by now.
ﺁﻩ ،ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺯﻭﺟﻲ .ﻫﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺘﺼﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ. Ah, that will be my husband. He said he would phone at this time.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٨٣
www.expenglish.com english.com
(٤ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺒﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ present habitﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ" .ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﻰ ﻓﻘﻂ" ﺇﺎ ﻓﺘﺎﺓ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ .ﺇﺎ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﺪﻭﺀ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ" .ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ"، She is a good girl. She will play quietly for hours.
(٥ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ " Conditional Clausesﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﺸﺮ". ﺛﺎﻧﻴًﹰﺎ:would /
ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ) :ﻳﺴﺘﺜﲎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ (it)ﻧﺎﺩﺭ( He would He'd , She would She'd , It would It'd You would You'd , They would They'd , We would We'd , I would I'd ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ wouldﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﺟﺪﺍﹰ ،ﻭﻟﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ. ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ wouldﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ .ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ: (١ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﺪ " .intentionﺃﻗﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ "will ﺃﻧﺎ )ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﺩﺭﺱ/ﺳﺄﺩﺭﺱ( ﺟﻴﺪﹰﺍ" .ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﺎﺯ ﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ"
'(I would/I /I'd)) study well.
ﺃﻧﺎ )ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﺩﺭﺱ/ﺳﺄﺩﺭﺱ( ﺟﻴﺪﹰﺍ" .ﺃﻗﻞ ﻋﺰﻣﹰﺎ"
I will study well.
(٢ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ would + have + V.3ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﱂ ﳛﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﻻ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ " .unreal pastﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﺸﺮ"
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٨٤
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺖ ﺳﺘﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ. ﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ،ﳌﺎ ﻛﻨ ﻟﻮ ﻋﺸ If you had lived in the 19th century, (you would/you'd) not have driven a car. (٣ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻬﺬﺏ willingnessﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ. ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺮﺏ؟ "ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻬﺬﺏ"
?What would you drink
ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺮﺏ؟ "ﺃﻗﻞ ﺬﻳﺒﹰﺎ"
?What will you drink
(٤ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ refusalﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ. ﺟﺎﻙ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﺗﻮﺳﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ" .ﺭﻓﺾ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ" Jack would not help you, even if you begged him. (٥ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺒﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ past habitﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ "ﺍﻟﻔـﺮﻕ ﺑـﲔ used toﻭﺑﲔ wouldﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ wouldﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻻ ﻏﲑ". ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺰﻭﺟﻮﺍ ،ﺳﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ .ﰒ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺘـﺰﻩ ،ﻭﺳـﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻄﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﲑﺓ. Before they get married, Simon would wait Susan every evening after work. Then they would go to the park, and Susan would feed the ducks on the lake. (٦ﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ " Future in the Pastﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ". (٧ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ " Conditional Clausesﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﺸﺮ".
Omar AL-Hourani
٨٥
www.expenglish.com
ﺛﺎﻟﺜﹰﺎ:be going to / ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ:Object
Verb.1
+
ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ
"ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ"
+
am Subject + is + are
going to
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ be going toﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ .near futureﺍﳉﺮﺱ ﻳﺪﻕ .ﺃﻧﺎ )ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻓﺘﺢ/ﺳﺄﻓﺘﺢ( ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ. The bell is ringing. I am going to open the door. ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ:ﺃﻧﺎ ﺫﺍﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ.
I am going to the cinema.
ﺃﻧﺎ )ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ/ﺳﺄﺫﻫﺐ( ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ.
I am going to go to the cinema.
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻋﻮﺿﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ. ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ be going toﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ .will ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ going toﺇﱃ .gonnaﻣﺜﺎﻝ:ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
I am gonna go to the the cinema.
٨٦
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺭﺍﺑﻌﹰﺎ /ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ :Future Simple ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ:+
Object
+
Verb.1
ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ
"ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ"
will
Subject
+
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ )ﺃﺫﻫﺐ/ﺳﺄﺫﻫﺐ( ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻏﺪﹰﺍ.
(I will/I'll) go to the school tomorrow.
ﺟﻮﻥ )ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ/ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ( ﻫﻨﺎ.
John will be here.
ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﱂ ﳔﺘﺼﺮ John willﺇﱃ John 'llﻷﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ "ﺟﻮﻥ "Johnﻟـﻴﺲ ﺿـﻤﲑ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ. ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ (١ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ. ﻫﻮ )ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻜﻠﻤﻚ/ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻤﻚ(.
(He will/He'll) talk to you.
ﺧﺎﻣﺴﹰﺎ /ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ :Future Progressive ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ:Object ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ
+
Verb-ing
+
will be
+
ﻓﻌﻞ -ing +
Subject ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ
ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺄﰐ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺜﻞ ،"when , while" :ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ.
Omar AL-Hourani
٨٧
www.expenglish.com
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﻫﻢ )ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ/ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ( ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﻳﻦ.
'(They will/They will/They'll) be waiting.
ﻫﻮ )ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ/ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ( ﻧﺎﺋﻤﹰﺎ.
'(He will/He He'll) be sleeping.
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ (١ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺠﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﻘﻄﻌﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ "ﻟﻴﺲ ﰲ ﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﻓﺒﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺗﺎﻡ" ،ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ "."when , while ﺃﻧﺎ )ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ/ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ( ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻙ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﺑﻴﺲ. )(II will/I'll will/I'll) be waiting for you when the bus arrives. arrives I will be waiting for you.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
The bus arrives arrives.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
(٢ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﳏﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ. ﺃﻧﺎ )ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ/ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ( ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻌﺔ. )(I will/I'll I'll) be waiting for you at 9 o'clock. ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺲ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ State Verbsﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻓﻘـﻂ ﰲﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ. -
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٨٨
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺳﺎﺩﺳﹰﺎ /ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ :Future Perfect ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ:Object ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ
+
ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ
Verb.3 ﻓﻌﻞ
+
will have
Subject
+
ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
"ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ"
ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺄﰐ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺜـﻞ ""after , before , whenﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ " ،"by -ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﺧﺬﻩ. The Post Office will have returned the package before I can take. ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺗﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺖ ﺍﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﱵ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻮﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻛﻤﻠ I will have perfected my English by the time I come back from the U.S.
ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺗﺎﻡ
ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻟﻨﻔﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ Aﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ .B
(١ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Aﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Bﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ،ﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺳـﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ .Completed Action Before Something in Future ﺖ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ. ﻫﻲ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻧﻈﻔ (She will/She'll) have cleaned the house after he gets it. ﺃﻭ After he gets house, (she will/she'll) have cleaned it.
Omar AL-Hourani
٨٩
www.expenglish.com
She will have cleaned the house
He will get the house.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
(٢ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ ﳏﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ. ﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﳕ
8 o'clock.
)(II will/I'll will/I'll) have slept at 8 o'clock. o'clock.
وقت الكالم
I will be sleeping.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ " "by--ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺧﻼﻝ" ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻋﻮﺿﹰﺎ ﻋﻦﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ .ﻣﺜﺎﻝ: ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻏﺪﹰﺍ ،ﺳﻨﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺟﺮﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ. By this time tomorrow, (we will/we'll) have had the meeting. ﺳﺎﺑﻌﹰﺎ /ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ :Future Perfect Progressive ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ:Object ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ
+
Verb ing Verb-ing
will have been
+
ﻓﻌﻞ -ing +
Subject + ﻓﺎﻋﻞ
ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ Omar AL-Hourani AL
٩٠
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ. ﻻ ﺗﺄﰐ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺜﻞ ""after , before , whenﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ " ،"by -ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴـﺔ ﺣﺎﺿـﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ. ﻻ ﺗﺄﰐ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳـﺔ ﳘـﺎ"."since , for
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﺖ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﻃﻴﺎﺭﺎ. I will have been working for two hours when her plane arrives. ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻨﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ Aﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ .B (١ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Aﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﰒ ﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Bﰲ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻘﺒﻞ ،ﻭﺳـﻴﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Aﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ .B ﺖ ﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ ﺖ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﹸﻏﻠﻘ ﻫﻲ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻋﻤﻠ She is going to have been working at that company for three years when it finally closes. ﺖ" ﻭﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ "ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ" ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Aﻫﻮ "ﻫﻲ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻋﻤﻠ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Aﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Bﺃﻱ ﺃﺎ ﺳﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻐﻠﻖ. ﻫﻢ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﱐ. They will have been talking for an hour by the time Tony arrives. ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺗﻮﱐ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ.
Omar AL-Hourani
٩١
www.expenglish.com
(٢ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﳊﺪﺙ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ. ﻟﻐﺔ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﺘﲔ. George's English will be perfect when he leaves because he will have been studying English in the United States for two years years.
ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺲ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ State Verbsﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻓﻘﻂﰲ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ. ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻤﺮﻓﻴﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﺜـﻞ " "for five daysﺃﻭ "for " three yearsﺃﻭ " "for two hoursﰒ ﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ .ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ: ﺕ ﲬﺲ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻏﺮﻓﱵ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﺃ I will have read five pages when my roommate returns returns. ﺕ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻏﺮﻓﱵ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﺃ I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns. returns ﺕ ﲬـﺲ ﺻـﻔﺤﺎﺕ" ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ )ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺗﺎﻡ( ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ "ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﺃ ﺖ ﲬﺲ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻏﺮﻓﱵ ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻛﻤﻠ ﺕ" ﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ( ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ "ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﺃ ﺕ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳـﺎﻋﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﰒ ﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ "ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻏﺮﻓﱵ" ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﺃ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻏﺮﻓﱵ. ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ:ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﻌﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻏﺮﻓﱵ. I will be reading when my roommate returns. Omar AL-Hourani AL
٩٢
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﺃﺕ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻏﺮﻓﱵ. I will have been reading for an hour when my roommate returns. ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ "ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﻄﻠﻌﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻏﺮﻓﺘﻪ" ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ "ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﺃ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻏﺮﻓﺘﻪ". المستقبل في الماضي :Future in the Past ﻣﺜﻞ" :ﺃﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺳﺄﺷﺘﺮﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ" " ،ﺃﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺳﺄﺳﺎﻓﺮ" ... ،ﺇﱁ. ﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺻﻴﻎ ﻫﻢ:Object +
Object
Object
+
Verb.1
Verb.1 +
+
Verb.1
+
would
going to to
+
+
+
Subject
was were
+
was
+ were
+
Subject
Subject
ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﹰﺎ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﺖ ﺳﺄﺷﺘﺮﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﻛﻨ
I was going to buy a car.
ﻫﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ.
They would go to the cinema.
ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﹰﺎ.
He was to become a president.
ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ
Omar AL-Hourani
ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ They will go to the cinema
٩٣
www.expenglish.com
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺗﻪ (١ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺷﻚ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺙ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﱂ ﳛﺪﺙ. ﺖ ﺳﺄﺷﺘﺮﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ" .ﻭﻟﻜﻨﲏ ﱂ ﺃﺷﺘﺮﻱ" ﺃﻧﺎ ﻛﻨ
Omar AL-Hourani
I would buy a car. I was going to buy a car. I was to buy a car.
٩٤
www.expenglish.com
Select the ONE lettered answer that is BEST in each question: 1) George hurt his head while he …… A. ice skates. B. ice skated. C. was ice skating. D. had ice skated. 2) Max …… for the CIA since 1992. A. will work B. is working C. works D. has been working 3) The last time I …… to Korea, I spent three weeks on Cheju Island. A. went B. was going C. have gone D. will go 4) Bob …… to Australia thirteen times. A. goes B. went C. has been D. had gone 5) Before Jack arrived, Jill …… up the hill. A. is already going B. has already gone C. had already gone D. None of all above. 6) It …… every day since I arrived here. A. will rain B. rains C. rained D. has rained 7) The fans …… when the game finally started. A. will cheer B. cheer C. cheered D. have cheered
www.expenglish.com
٩٥
Omar AL-Hourani
8) By the time Sam pays off his student loan, he …… eighty years old. A. will be B. is C. was D. has been E. had been 9) By the time Bob gets back from the war, his daughter …… from school. A. will graduate B. graduates C. will have graduated D. graduated E. has already graduated 10) Every time we …… to that restaurant, my stomach gets upset. A. will go B. go C. went D. have gone 11) The weatherman says …… A. it would rain. B. it will rain. C. it will have rained. D. it have rained. 12) Andrew …… the course on JavaScript programming. A. had already taken B. has already taken C. took already D. would have already taken E. has been taking 13) Bill was just going to bed when his wife …… from work. A. is going B. is coming home C. had come home D. has been coming home E. came home 14) I should …… my books to school yesterday. A. brought B. had brought C. to bring D. have brought E. None of all above. 15) Harrison Ford is a famous actor. He …… in many popular movies. A. has been appearing B. has appeared C. had appeared D. appeared www.expenglish.com
٩٦
Omar AL-Hourani
16) I …… about you when I received your email. A. was just thinking B. just thought C. have just been thinking D. was just thought 17) I …… better start saving some money each month for my retirement. A. have B. would C. had D. will 18) My mother …… school for thirty years. A. has taught B. taught C. had taught D. was teaching 19) I …… that Jack is very fluent in Spanish. A. will have heard B. was hearing C. have heard D. am hearing 20) The bus was late. The passengers were angry because they …… for half an hour. A. are waiting B. were waiting C. have been waiting D. had been waiting E. have waited 21) The soccer team …… a championship until last year, when they won first place. A. has never won B. is never wining C. had been never wining D. had never won 22) We have a cottage at Sylvan Lake. It …… in the family for thirty years. A. was B. has been C. is D. will be 23) The vegetables should be ready, they …… for at least twenty minutes. A. are boiling B. boiling C. have been boiling D. were boiling
www.expenglish.com
٩٧
Omar AL-Hourani
24) You look tired. You …… too hard lately. A. worked B. work C. were working D. have been working 25) I underestimated how much time it …… to prepare for the TOEFL Exam. A. would take B. will take C. took D. will have taken 26) I …… at the new cafeteria and it was excellent. A. have eaten B. was eating C. had eaten D. did eat 27) I …… a cold since last Thursday. A. have B. had C. have been having D. have had 28) The homeless shelter …… a difference to people living on the street. A. is making B. has made C. made D. makes 29) Steven was upset. He …… his wallet, and could not find it. A. has lost B. had lost C. was losing D. was lost 30) Look at all this water, it …… very hard. A. has rained B. has been raining C. rained D. will rain 31) We …… the game at home. A. will be watching B. will watch C. All above. D. None of all above.
www.expenglish.com
٩٨
Omar AL-Hourani
32) I …… to phone you all morning. A. I have been trying B. I have tried C. All above. D. None of all above. 33) The Australian swimmer …… the gold medal twice before. A. has been wining B. has won C. All above. D. None of all above. 34) I …… this new scooter. Do you like it? A. have been bought B. have been buying C. All above. D. None of all above. 35) I …… to this beach for years. A. have come B. have been coming C. All above. D. None of all above.
www.expenglish.com
٩٩
Omar AL-Hourani
www.expenglish.com
١٠٠
Omar AL-Hourani
مقدمة :Introduction ﲢﺘﻞ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ. ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﳍﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ .Noun ﳝﻜﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ .ﻣﻨﻬﺎ: (١ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ .ﻣﺜﻞ: ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ،ﻟﻌﺐ play ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ،ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ drive (٢ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺗﺼﺎﻍ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ " "-ingﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ .ﻣﺜﻞ: ﺃﻛﻞ eatingﻳﺄﻛﻞ eat ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ teachingﻳﺪﺭﺱ teach (٣ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺗﺼﺎﻍ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ " "-tionﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ .ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ educationﻳﻌﻠﱢﻢ educate (٤ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ .ﻣﺜﻞ: ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ choiceﳜﺘﺎﺭ choose ﺳﺆﺍﻝ questionﻳﺴﺄﻝ ask ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ developmentﻳﺘﻄﻮﺭ develop ﺃﺩﺍﺀ performanceﻳﺆﺩﻱ perform أداتي التنكير :a , an ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﰐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ " "a , anﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺑـ . Indefinite Articles ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺩﺍﰐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ " "aﻭ " :"anﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ " "aﺗﻀﺎﻑ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻻﺳـﻢﺣﺮﻑ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ " "anﺗﻀﺎﻑ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺻـﻮﰐ "ﺳـﺒﻖ ﺷـﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ" ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ .ﻣﺜﻞ: ﺻﺎﺩﻕ , an honestﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ , a universityﺳﺎﻋﺔ an hour Omar AL-Hourani
١٠١
www.expenglish.com
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ " "hourﺍﳊﺮﻑ hﻫﻨﺎ ﻻﻳﻠﻔﻆ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ oﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ hﻻﻳﻠﻔﻆ ﻓـﺈﻥ ﻛﻠﻤـﺔ hourﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ourﻭﺍﳊﺮﻑ oﺣﺮﻑ ﺻﻮﰐ ،ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ anﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ " "honestﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ. ﺃﻣﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ " "universityﺍﳊﺮﻑ uﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻠﻔﻆ "ﻳﻮ" .ﻓﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤـﺎﺕ ﻣﺜـﻞ ""an umbrella ﺍﳊﺮﻑ uﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻠﻔﻆ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ .a ﳚﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﻟﻸﲰﺎﺀ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ.ﳓﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻗﻄﺔ ﻭﻛﻠﺐ.
We have a cat and a dog.
ﳚﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻦ.ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺪﺭﺱ.
(I am/I'm) a teacher.
ﻫﻲ ﳑﺜﻠﺔ.
(She is/She's) an actress.
ﳚﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ .ﻣﻨﻬﺎ: ,ﺯﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ , a pair ofﻛﺜﲑ , a lotﻗﻠﻴﻞ , a littleﻗﻠﻴﻞ a few ,ﺭﺑﻊ , a quarterﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ , a hundreds ofﺃﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ a numbers of … ,ﺯﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ , a couple ofﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ , a bitﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﻦ a half of ﳓﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻮﻑ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻔﻠﺔWe invited a lot of guests to the party . ﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻠﻴﺐ ﻓﻘﻂ.
There is only a little milk left.
ﳚﻮﺯ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﻋﻮﺿﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ "ﰲ،ﻟﻜﻞ ."perﻣﺜﻞ:ﻣﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ.
once a day. OR once per day.
ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ. ﻣﺌﺘﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ.
twice a week. OR twice per week. two hundred a month. OR two hundred per month.
ﳚﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﺑـ " "Whatﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ.ﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺮﺓ! ﺃﻭ ﻳﺎ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻔﺮﺓ!
!What a hole
ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ " Abstract Nounsﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﺸﺮ". ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ "."byﺖ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺫﻫﺒ
I went by a car.
ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺑﻌﺪ "."noﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻗﻠﻢ.
I have no a pen.
ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺃﺩﱏ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ. Omar AL-Hourani
I have no an idea. ١٠٢
www.expenglish.com
ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺒﻘﻬﻢ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ.ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻠﻤﻲ.
This is my a pen.
ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻼﺕﻭﺍﳌﻄﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﶈﻄﺎﺕ. I had a lunch with John. ﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻮﻥ" .ﻭﺟﺒﺔ" ﺃﻧﺎ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟ I bought a Cosmopolitan at a Paddington Station. ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﻠﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳏﻄﺔ ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ.ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻛﺴﺠﲔ.
Water contains an oxygen.
−ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﻗﺒـﻞ "… "any- , some- , someone , anybody ,ﻷـﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻧﻜﺮﺓ. ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺑﺄﻧﻚ ﺭﺣﻠﺖ.
A Someone told me (that) you left.
أداة التعريف :the ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ " "theﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺑـ .Definite Article ﳚﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻟﻸﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ "ﺃﻱ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﺎﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ" ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﳉﻤـﻊﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺫﺍﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺑﺮ ﻣﺎﺭﻛﺖ "ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻱ ﺳﻮﺑﺮ ﻣﺎﺭﻛﺖ ﻳﻘﺼﺪﻩ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ" (I am/I'm) going to the supermarket. ﳓﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻗﻄﺔ ﻭﻛﻠﺐ .ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺐ ﺟﺮﻭ. We have a cat and a dog. The cat is old, but the dog is puppy. ﳚﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪ ﻓﻘـﻂ .ﻣﺜـﻞ :ﺍﻟﺸـﻤﺲ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﳌﻠـﻚﻭﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ...ﺇﱁ. ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ.
The earth moves around the sun.
ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ.
The President.
ﺍﻟﱪﺝ ﺇﻳﻔﻞ.
The Eiffel Tower.
ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﱄ. Omar AL-Hourani
The North Pole. ١٠٣
www.expenglish.com
ﳚﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺩﻕ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭﺡ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﻒ ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺋﺪ.ﺍﳌﺴﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﱐ.
The British Museum.
ﺍﻟـﻤﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻷﻃﻠﺴﻲ.
The Atlantic.
ﳚﻮﺯ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ.(The ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺯﻳﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺭﻋﻮﻥ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﰲ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡThe)) Brazilians are very good at football. . ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻞ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ.
(The The)) elephant is the largest animal on land.
ﳚﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﳉﺰﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ "ﺑﺸـﺮﻁ ﺃﻥﻳﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﲨﻌﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﻛﺎﲰﲔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ". ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻛﻲ" .ﲨﻊ ﳚﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ"
The Rockies.
ﺍﳍﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ" .ﺍﲰﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ"
The West Indies.
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ" .ﺍﲰﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ "
The Red Sea.
ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻭﻥ" .ﺍﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ"
The Amazon.
ﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺯﻭﻥ " .ﺍﲰﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ"
The Amazon River.
ﳚﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ "ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ". ﳚﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ.ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ.
The First Winner. (I am/I'm) reading the second book.
ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍـﻼﺕﻭﺍﳌﻄﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﶈﻄﺎﺕ. I had the lunch with John. ﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻮﻥ" .ﻭﺟﺒﺔ" ﺃﻧﺎ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟ I bought the Cosmopolitan at the Paddington Station. ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﻠﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳏﻄﺔ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳍﺎ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ:The U.S. , The Netherlands Nether-landsﺗﻌـﲏ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺿـﻲ Netherlandsﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ "ﻫﻮﻟﻨﺪﺍ ،"Hollandﻭ Nether landsﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻊ ﲢﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻷﻥ ﻫﻮﻟﻨﺪﺍ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻠﺚ ﺃﺭﺍﺿﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﲢﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٠٤
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺒﻘﻬﻢ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ.ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻠﻤﻲ.
This is my the pen.
ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﲰـﺎﺀﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ. ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻳﻐﻠﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ْ ١٠٠ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ.
ْThe Water boils at 100 100 C.
ﺍﳊﻠﻴﺐ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻟﻚ.
The Milk is good for you.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻃﺲ.
I like the potato.
ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ "ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻳﻐﻠﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ١٠٠ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ" ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ "ﺍﳊﻠﻴﺐ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﻪ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻟﻚ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻠﻴﺐ" ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ "ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺣـﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻃﺲ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻃﺲ". ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ " "go homeﻻ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺟﺮ.ﺧﻄﺄ
I (go/went) to home.
ﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ( ﺻﺢ )ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ/ﺫﻫﺒ
I (go/went) home.
أقسام األسماء: ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ /ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ :Proper Nouns ﻫﻲ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﺪﻥ .ﻭﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﲝﺮﻑ ﻛﺒﲑ Capital Letterﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ .ﻭﻻ ﳚـﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴـﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﰐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ " "a , anﻭﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ " "theﻷﺎ ﻫﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ .ﻣﺜﻞ: ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ , Fridayﺃﳌﺎﻧﻴﺎ , Germanyﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ , Cairoﺟﻮﺭﺝ George
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٠٥
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ /ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺮﺓ :Common Nouns ﻫﻲ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ .ﻭﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣـﻦ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﲝﺮﻑ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﲝﺮﻑ ﺻﻐﲑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ .ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﰐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ " "a , anﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ " "theﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ .ﻣﺜﻞ: ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ , cityﻛﺘﺎﺏ , bookﻗﻄﺔ , catﻣﺪﺭﺱ , teacherﺭﺟﻞ man ﺛﺎﻟﺜﹰﺎ /ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ :Material Nouns ﻫﻲ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ .ﻭﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﲝﺮﻑ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﲝـﺮﻑ ﺻﻐﲑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ .ﻭﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﰐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ " ."a , anﻣﺜﻞ: … ,ﻫﻮﺍﺀ , airﺭﻣﻞ , sandﻣﺎﺀ , waterﺛﻠﺞ , snowﻣﻌﺪﻥ , ironﺃﻭﻛﺴﺠﲔ oxygen ﺭﺍﺑﻌﹰﺎ /ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ :Collective Nouns ﻫﻲ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺗﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﲰـﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻴﺎﻧـﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰﺍ .ﻭﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﲝﺮﻑ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﲝﺮﻑ ﺻـﻐﲑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ .ﻣﺜﻞ: … ,ﻗﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﻑ , flockﺃﺳﻄﻮﻝ , fleetﺟﻴﺶ , armyﺣﺸﺪ crowd … ,ﺃﺳﺎﻃﻴﻞ , fleetsﺟﻴﻮﺵ , armiesﺣﺸﻮﺩ crowds ﺧﺎﻣﺴﹰﺎ /ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ :Abstract Nouns ﻫﻲ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺗﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ .ﻭﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﲝﺮﻑ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﲝﺮﻑ ﺻﻐﲑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ .ﻣﺜﻞ: … ,ﺳﺮﻭﺭ , pleasureﺿﺤﻚ , laughﺍﺑﺘﻬﺎﺝ joy
Omar AL-Hourani
١٠٦
www.expenglish.com
األسماء القابلة للعد وغير القابلة للعد: ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ /ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ :Countable ﻫﻲ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ .ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﰐ ﺍﻟﺘـﻨﻜﲑ " "a , anﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ " "theﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ .ﻭﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺜﲑﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﻠﻤـﺔ " "manyﻭﻋـﻦ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ " ."fewﻣﺜﻞ: ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﻮﻥ , a few menﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻛﺜﲑﻭﻥ , many menﺭﺟﻞ a man ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ , a few of menﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ many of men ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ /ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ :Uncountable ﻫﻲ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ ،ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ "ﺃﻱ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ is , has , ...wasﺇﱁ" .ﻭﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﰐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ " "a , anﻭﳚﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ""the ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ .ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ: (١ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ :Substances ,ﻧﺎﻳﻠﻮﻥ , nylonﺻﻮﻑ , woolﺣﺮﻳﺮ , silkﻗﻤﺎﺵ , clothﻗﻄﻦ : cottonﻣﻮﺍﺩ Materials … ,ﻓﻀﺔ , silverﺫﻫﺐ gold ,ﻣﻠﺢ , saltﺳﻜﺮ , sugarﻗﻤﺢ , wheatﺧﺒﺰ , breadﺭﺯ , riceﻃﺤﲔ : flourﻃﻌﺎﻡ Food … ,ﻓﻠﻔﻞ pepper ,ﺷﻌﺮ , hairﺟﻠﺪ , skinﻓﺮﻭ , furﻣﺮﰉ , jamﺟﺒﻨﺔ , cheeseﺯﺑﺪﺓ : butterﺁﺧﺮ Other ,ﻗﺎﻉ , groundﻳﺎﺑﺴﺔ , landﻋﺸﺐ , grassﺗﺮﺑﺔ , soilﻣﻄﺮ , rainﺛﻠﺞ , snowﺟﻠﻴﺪ ice ,ﺻﺨﺮﺓ , rockﻓﺤﻢ , coalﺟﻠﺪ ﻣﺪﺑﻮﻍ , leatherﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ , plasticﺧﺸﺐ wood ,ﻻﺻﻖ , plasterﻃﺒﺎﺷﲑ , chalkﺍﲰﻨﺖ , cementﻭﺭﻗﺔ , paperﺭﻣﻞ sand … ,ﻃﻼﺀ paint
Omar AL-Hourani
١٠٧
www.expenglish.com
:Liquids ( ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ٢ water ﻣﺎﺀ, milk ﺣﻠﻴﺐ, coffee ﻗﻬﻮﺓ, tea ﺷﺎﻱ, oil ﻧﻔﻂ، ﺯﻳﺖ, petrol ( ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ )ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ, gasoline ( ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ )ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ, juice ﻋﺼﲑ, alcohol ﻛﺤﻮﻝ, … :Gases ( ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ٣ air ﻫﻮﺀ, smoke ﺩﺧﺎﻥ, steam ﲞﺎﺭ, oxygen ﺃﻭﻛﺴﻴﺠﲔ, hydrogen ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﺟﲔ, … :( ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ٤ music ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ, luggage ﺃﻣﺘﻌﺔ, baggage ﺃﻣﺘﻌﺔ ﳏﺰﻭﻣﺔ, pay ﺃﺟﺮ, noise ﺿﻮﺿﺎﺀ, traffic ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ, furniture ﺃﺛﺎﺙ, accommodation ﺗﺴﻮﻳﺔ، ﲡﻬﻴﺰ, homework ﻭﺍﺟﺐ, … ." "ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﺸﺮAbstract Nouns ( ﺃﲰﺎﺀ٥ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ."little little" " ﻭﻋﻦ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔmuch much" ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺜﲑﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ : ﻣﺜﻞ.ﻭﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ water ﻣﺎﺀ, much water ﻣﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﲑ, a little water ﻣﺎﺀ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ sugar ﺳﻜﺮ, much sugar ﺳﻜﺮ ﻛﺜﲑ, a little sugar ﺳﻜﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ water ﻣﺎﺀ, much of water ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ, a little of water ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ sugar ﺳﻜﺮ, much of sugar ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ, a little of sugar ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ .ﻫﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ She has much of gold and a little of beauty
. ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩUncountable Nouns ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﺧﻄﺄ
This water are sterilized.
(ﺻﺢ )ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﻘﻢ
This water is sterilized. sterilized.
www.expenglish.com english.com
١٠٨
Omar AL-Hourani AL
ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻏـﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻠـﺔﻟﻠﻌﺪ ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ " "coffeeﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ "ﻗﻬﻮﺓ" ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼـﺪ ﻼ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ. ﻣﻨﻪ "ﻓﻨﺠﺎﻥ ﻗﻬﻮﺓ" ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺑ ﹰ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ )ﻓﻨﺠﺎﻥ ﻗﻬﻮﺓ/ﻓﻨﺠﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ(" .ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ"
I want a coffee.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ" .ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ"
I like coffee.
ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻟﻸﲰﺎﺀ "… "tea , potato, ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﲟﻌﲎ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ .ﻣﺜﻞ:ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ" ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺭﻣﻰ ﺣﺠﺮﺓ" .ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
The boy threw a stone..
ﻟﻠﻌﺪ" "ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺠﺮ .ﻏﲑ
This wall is made of stone. stone.
ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻭﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ" "sﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ .ﻣﺜﻞ: , opinionsﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ideas , truthsﺃﺭﺍﺀ opinion ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ truth ﳝﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻭﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﳊـﺮﻑ " "sﻋﻨـﺪﺍﳉﻤﻊ .ﻣﺜﻞ: ﺖ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠ
I met three Johns yesterday.
جمع األسماء :The plural " "sﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌـﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒـﺎﺭ ﲡﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺮﻑ "ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ " -sﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ". " "veﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ .-sﻭﻫﻢ: ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑـ " "fﺃﻭ " "feﻭﲡﻤﻊ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ "leaf leaves , loaf loavesﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ves , sheafﺭﻏﻴﻒ ves shea sheaves ,ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ves thie thieves thief thie , calf calvesﻟﺺ , selfﻋﺠﻞ ves sel sel ,ﻧﻔﺲ selves wolff wolves , halfﺫﺋﺐ ves , scarfﻧﺼﻒ hal halves scar scar ,ﻭﺷﺎﺡ scarves li lives life , wifeﺣﻴﺎﺓ ves , knifeﺯﻭﺟﺔ wi wives kni kni ﺳﻜﲔ knives ﺣﺎﻓﺮ hoof hooves Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٠٩
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﲡﻤﻊ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ .ﻣﻨﻬﺎ: ,ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ :ﻧﺴﺎﺀ , woman womenﺭﺟﻞ :ﺭﺟﺎﻝ man men ,ﻗﺪﻡ :ﺃﻗﺪﺍﻡ , foot feetﻃﻔﻞ :ﺃﻃﻔﺎﻝ child children ,ﻓﺄﺭ :ﻓﺌﺮﺍﻥ , mouse miceﺳﻦ :ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ tooth teeth ,ﻗﻤﻠﺔ :ﻗﻤﻞ , louse liceﺇﻭﺯﺓ :ﺇﻭﺯﺍﺕ goose geese ,ﻭﺍﺣﺔ :ﻭﺍﺣﺎﺕ , oasis oasesﺛﻮﺭ :ﺃﺛﻮﺍﺭ ox oxen … ,ﻓﻬﺮﺱ :ﻓﻬﺎﺭﺱ , index indicesﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻄﺒﻌﻲ :ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻄﺒﻌﻴﺔ erratum errata ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﳍﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ .ﻣﺜﻞ:… ,ﺧﻨﺰﻳﺮ :ﺧﻨﺎﺯﻳﺮ , swineﺧﺮﻭﻑ :ﺧﺮﺍﻑ , sheepﻏﺰﺍﻝ :ﻏﺰﻻﻥ deer ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ .ﻣﺜﻞ: ,ﺷﺮﻃﺔ , policeﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ , clergyﻣﺎﺷﻴﺔ , cattleﺷﻌﺐ people … ,ﺣﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﻔﻴﻠﻴﺔ , verminﲨﻬﻮﺭ , publicﺩﺟﺎﺝ poultry ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻮ.
Police have just arrived.
ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﲟﻌﲎ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ .ﻣﺜﻞ " "peopleﲟﻌﲎ "ﺷﻌﺐ". ﺷﻌﻮﺏ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻃﺲ.
Peoples of Europe eat much of potato.
ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳍﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ " "sﰲ ﺁﺧﺮﻫﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ .ﻣﺜﻞ: ,ﻋﻼﻣﺔ , score : three scoreﺩﺯﻳﻨﺔ dozen : two dozen ,ﻣﺌﺔ , hundred : eight hundredﺃﻟﻒ thousand : five thousand … ,ﺭﺃﺱ , head : two headﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ million : nine million ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺗﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﳏﺪﺩ .ﻣﺜﻞ: ﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ , hundreds of boysﺩﺭﺍﺯﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺾ dozens of eggs ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ .ﻣﺜﻞ:ﻣﺸﻨﻘﺔ , gallowsﻧﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ , inningsﺧﱪ،ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ news ,ﻋﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ , physicsﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ , mathematicsﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ethics … ,ﻋﻠﻢ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ phonetics
Omar AL-Hourani
١١٠
www.expenglish.com
−ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﻌﺘﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﲡﻤﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺎ ﺗﻔﺮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻘـﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﺷﺔ ...ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﳍﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺘﲔ. ﺧﻄﺄ
The scissor is lost.
ﺻﺢ )ﺍﳌﻘﺺ ﺿﺎﺋﻊ(
The scissors are lost.
التذكير والتأنيث :Gender ﻻ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺬﻛﲑ ﻭﺗﺄﻧﻴﺚ ﻛﻘﺎﻋﺪﺗﲔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺘﲔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴـﺔ ﻭﺑﻌـﺾ ﺍﻟﻠﻐـﺎﺕﺍﻟﻼﺗﻴﻨﻴﺔ .ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﳉﻨﺲ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ: (١ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ :ﺍﺳﻢ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ ﺑﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ Heﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﻭﺍﳉﺮ .himﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ: ,ﻋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﻝ , uncleﺃﺥ , brotherﺃﺏ , fatherﺭﺟﻞ , manﻭﻟﺪ , boyﺍﺑﻦ son … ,ﺯﻭﺝ , husbandﻣﻠﻚ , kingﺃﻣﲑ , princeﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺧﺖ nephew (٢ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ :ﺍﺳﻢ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ ﺑﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ Sheﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﻭﺍﳉﺮ .herﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﻓﻘﻂ: ,ﺃﺧﺖ , sisterﺃﻡ , motherﻣﺮﺁﺓ , womanﺑﻨﺖ , girlﺍﺑﻨﺔ daughter ,ﻣﻠﻜﺔ , queenﺃﻣﲑﺓ , princessﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻷﺥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺧﺖ , nieceﻋﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﺔ aunt … ,ﺯﻭﺟﺔ wife (٣ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ :ﺍﺳﻢ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ ﺑﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﻭﺍﳉﺮ .itﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻏـﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗـﻞ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﺩﺍﺕ .ﻣﺜﻞ: … ,ﻛﻠﺐ , dogﻗﻄﺔ , catﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ , cityﻛﺘﺎﺏ , bookﺑﺎﺏ , doorﻃﺎﻭﻟﺔ , tableﻗﻠﻢ pen (٤ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻂ :ﺍﺳﻢ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻼ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﲔ .ﻣﺜﻞ: ,ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭﺓ , doctorﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ , friendﻃﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻃﻔﻠﺔ child ,ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﳋﺎﻝ , cousinﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺿﻴﺔ judge … ,ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫﺓ , teacherﻓﻨﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻨﺎﻧﺔ artist
Omar AL-Hourani
١١١
www.expenglish.com
-ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺘﲔ ﺗﺪﻻﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻪ:
ﺍﳌﺆﻧﺚ
ﺍﳌﺬﻛﺮ
ﳑﺜﻠﺔ actress :
ﳑﺜﻞ actor :
ﺑﻨﺖ girl :
ﻭﻟﺪ boy :
ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺔ girlfriend
ﺻﺪﻳﻖ boyfriend
ﺃﺧﺖ sister :
ﺃﺥ brother :
ﺑﻘﺮﺓ cow :
ﺛﻮﺭ bull :
ﺩﺟﺎﺟﺔ hen :
ﺩﻳﻚ cock :
ﻛﻠﺒﺔ bitch :
ﻛﻠﺐ dog :
ﺃﻡ mother :
ﺃﺏ father :
ﺍﻟﺜﻌﻠﺒﺔvixen :
ﺛﻌﻠﺐ fox :
ﻓﺮﺱ mare :
ﺣﺼﺎﻥ horse :
ﺯﻭﺟﺔ wife :
ﺯﻭﺝ husband :
ﻣﻠﻜﺔ queen :
ﻣﻠﻚ king :
ﺳﻴﺪﺓ ﻧﺒﻴﻠﺔ lady :
ﺳﻴﺪ ﻧﺒﻴﻞ lord :
ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ woman :
ﺭﺟﻞ man :
ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺔ nun :
ﺭﺍﻫﺐ monk :
ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻷﺥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺧﺖ niece :
ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻷﺥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺧﺖ nephew :
ﻧﻌﺠﺔ ewe :
ﻛﺒﺶ ram :
ﻣﺪﺍﻡ madam :
ﺳﻴﺪ sir :
ﺍﺑﻨﺔ daughter :
ﺍﺑﻦ son :
ﻋﻤﺔ ،ﺧﺎﻟﺔ aunt :
ﻋﻢ ،ﺧﺎﻝ uncle :
-ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﺪﻥ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﺆﻧﺜﺔ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ country , cityﻳﻌﱪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻤﲑ .it
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١١٢
www.expenglish.com english.com
حاالت إعراب االسم :Case of Nouns ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ:
ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ /ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ :Nominative ﻼ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ. (١ﻓﺎﻋ ﹰ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ.
The boy broke the window.
(٢ﺗﺘﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﳋﱪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ. ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺃﰊ .ﺃﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﰊ.
This man is my father.
ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ :ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺃ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺃﰊ ﺧﱪ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ ،ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ :ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭ ﺃﰊ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑـﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻮ "ﻳﻜﻮﻥ". ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ:
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ /ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﻭﺍﳉﺮ :Object (١ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ. ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ.
The boy broke the window.
(٢ﻣﻔﻌﻮ ﹰﻻ ﳊﺮﻑ ﺟﺮ. ﺿﻊ ﻓﻨﺠﺎﻧﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ.
Put your cup on the table.
(٣ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ. ﻫﻮ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ.
He came yesterday.
ﺛﺎﻟﺜﹰﺎ /ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ )ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ( :Possessiveﺗﺄﰐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ: (١ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ":"X's Y ﺃ -ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ :ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ 'sﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ. ﺛﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺓ.
The girl's dress.
ﺛﻮﺏ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺃ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺓ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ. ﻣﺴﺮﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﻜﺴﺒﲑ.
Shakespeare's plays.
ﻣﺴﺮﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺃ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﺷﻜﺴﺒﲑ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ. Omar AL-Hourani
١١٣
www.expenglish.com
ﺏ -ﺍﳉﻤﻊ :ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ' ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻣﺼﺎﻏﹰﺎ ﺑـ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ -sﺃﻭ .-es ﺛﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎﺕ.
The girls' dresses.
ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ.
The boys' books.
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺼﺎﻍ ﺑـ -sﺃﻭ -esﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻳﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺿـﺎﻓﺔ 'sﰲ ﺁﺧـﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ. ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ.
The men's room.
ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ.
The children's teacher.
(٢ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ " :"Y of Xﺗﺼﺎﻍ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ " "ofﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﳌﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ. ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ: ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﺪﺳﲔ the engineers
Names of
ﺩﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ the table
Omar AL-Hourani
of
١١٤
The leg
www.expenglish.com
':"X ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ "X's Y (١ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ. ﺫﻳﻞ ﻗﻄﺔ" .ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺣﻲ"
A cat's tail.
ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ" .ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺣﻲ"
The men's men room.
ﺍﳉﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻴﺔ" .ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺣﻲ"
The women's women society.
(٢ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﺴﺪﺓ ﺃﻱ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ. ﻣﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ.
The beauty's beauty queen.
ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ":"Y of X (١ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻏﲑ ﺣﻴﺔ "ﺍﳉﻤﺎﺩﺍﺕ" ،ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻣﻊ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ "."X's Y ﳝﻜﻦ
The table's table leg.
ﻭﻳﻔﻀﻞ )ﺩﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ(
The leg of the table.
(٢ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ،ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻣﻊ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ "."X's Y Names of the engineers. engineers. OR The engineer engineers' names. ﳝﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ.ﻣﻨﺰﱄ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﺎﺭﻙ. My house is larger than Mark's. )Mark . (= Mark's house ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻷﺧﱵ. These books are my sister's. )sister . (= my sister books
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١١٥
www.expenglish.com english.com
- Questions (1-10); select the ONE lettered answer that is BEST in each question: 1) Plural of "spoonful" is: A. spoonfuls. B. spoonsful. C. spoonful. D. spoons. 2) Plural of "antenna" is: A. antennas. B. antenns. C. antenna. D. antennes. 3) Plural of "omen" is: A. omens. B. omena. C. omenas. D. omen. 4) Plural of "sheep" is: A. sheeps. B. sheep. C. All above. D. None of all above. 5) Plural of "standby" is: A. standby. B. standbies. C. standbys D. standbyes. 6) Plural of "fish" is: A. fish. B. fishes. C. All of above. D. None of all above. 7) Noun of "steal" is: A. steal. B. stealing. C. stealance. D. steel. E. None of all above.
www.expenglish.com
١١٦
Omar AL-Hourani
8) Noun of "accept" is: A. accept. B. acceptance. C. accepting. D. None all of above. 9) Noun of "administrate" is: A. administrate. B. administrating. C. administrator. D. None of all above. 10) Noun of "collect" is: A. collect. B. collecting. C. collection. D. None of all above. - Questions (11-14); decide whether they are common, proper, abstract, or collective: 11) That holiday was the best. A. Common. B. Proper. C. Abstract. D. Collective. 12) He's obviously the leader of the gang. A. Common. B. Proper. C. Abstract. D. Collective. 13) Every winter we used to go to Scotland for the skiing. A. Common. B. Proper. C. Abstract. D. Collective. 14) Pauline is so weary of the life she leads. A. Common. B. Proper. C. Abstract. D. Collective - Questions (15-21); decide if these statements about articles are (True) or (False): 15) An American man wants to make a business. 16) Water contains a hydrogen. 17) The earth is third planet from the sun. 18) I have just read news from the New York Times. www.expenglish.com
١١٧
Omar AL-Hourani
19) We have a lots of wood. 20) I visited the Niagara. 21) He went to the college. - Questions (22-40); choose the correct article (a, an, the, nothing): 22) She is … very nice girl. 23) Next month I'm going to go to … Paris to see … Eiffel Tower. 24) Wait, I have … idea. 25) That is … strangest thing I've ever seen. 26) Yesterday, I talked to … MTV Producer. 27) … Ukrainians are more intelligent than … Italians. 28) Have you ever taken … trip to … North Pole? 29) I'd like to be … President of … United States someday. 30) Who's … guy over there with a duck on his head? 31) I'm … happiest girl in town! 32) I like … cats better than … dogs. 33) We saw … Mr. Smith at … bank. 34) We made some delicious soup using … head of … cow! 35) It should take … hour. 36) Please put … gun on … table and listen to me! 37) This is … Europe car. 38) She had … one dollar note in her hand. 39) In … end we decided not to go to the cinema but to watch television. 40) It is important sometimes to stop and look around you at all the wonderful things in … nature.
www.expenglish.com
١١٨
Omar AL-Hourani
www.expenglish.com
١١٩
Omar AL-Hourani
:Introduction مقدمة . ﲢﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ. ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﻒ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﲔ.Adjective ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻔﺔ. ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲡﻤﻊ ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍSmarts boys
ﺧﻄﺄ
Smart boys.
(ﺻﺢ )ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺃﺫﻛﻴﺎﺀ
They need smarts.
("ﺻﺢ )ﻫﻢ ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺫﻛﻴﺎﺀ "ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺻﻔﺔ : ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ: ﻣﺜﻞ.( ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺲ ﳍﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﲟﻘﻄﻊ ﳏﺪﺩ١
large ~ small ﺻﻐﲑ، ﻛﺒﲑ, old ~ young ﺻﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ، ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ, old ~ new ﺟﺪﻳﺪ، ﻗﺪﱘ, long ~ short ﻗﺼﲑ، ﻃﻮﻳﻞ, hard ~ soft ﻧﺎﻋﻢ، ﺧﺸﻦ, rich ~ poor ﻓﻘﲑ، ﻏﲏ, hot ~ cold ﺑﺎﺭﺩ، ﺳﺎﺧﻦ, black ~ white ﺃﺑﻴﺾ، ﺃﺳﻮﺩ, good ~ bad ﺳﻲﺀ، ﺟﻴﺪ, smart ~ stupid ﻏﱯ، ﺫﻛﻲ, … :ﺕ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺣﺘﻤﹰﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭ ﹺﺟﺪ،( ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﲟﻘﻄﻊ ﳏﺪﺩ٢ -al: actual , final , general , mental , physical , special , … -ent: ancient , convenient , excellent , frequent , urgent , … -ous: anxious , conscious , dangerous , famous , serious , various, … -ic: atomic , basic , electric , scientific , sympathetic , … -y: angry , dirty , funny , guilty , healthy , hungry , icy , … -ive: active , attractive , expensive , native , sensitive , … -ed: confused , excited , limited , related , surprised , … -ble: enjoyable , fashionable , possible , probable , sensible , … -ful: beautiful , careful , faithful , grateful , skillful , … -an: American , Christian , German , human , Indian , Russian , … -ing: amusing , disappointing , surprising , willing , … -less: blameless , careless , childless , harmless , senseless , … www.expenglish.com
١٢٠
Omar AL-Hourani
-ar: ar: familiar famili , particular particular , popular popul , regular regul , similar … simil , " "-lessﳍﺎ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻣﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﳌﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ. ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﻄﻊ "less carelessﻳﻬﺘﻢ care care ﻣﻬﻤﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﻞ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻳﻬﺘﻢ " "-lessﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﲝـﺬﻑ ﺍﳌﻘﻄـﻊ ""-less ﳝﻜﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﻄﻊ "less ."-fulﻣﺜﻞ: ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ "ful helpfulﻏﲑ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ helpless ﻣﻔﻴﺪ help hopefulﻣﻴﺌﻮﺱ ﻣﻨﻪ hopeless ﻣﻔﻌﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻞ hope usefulﻋﺪﱘ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻯ useless ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ful (٣ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﺎﻍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ " "a-ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ .ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ: asleepﻳﻨﺎﻡ sleep ﻧﺎﺋﻢ sleep ﺣﻲ aliveﳛﻴﺎ ،ﻳﻌﻴﺶ live awakeﻳﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ wake ﻣﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ wake "disﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ،ﻭﻫـﺬﻩ" , unun , il- , in (٤ﺗﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ "in , im-- ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻴﺲ ﳍﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺃﻱ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻔﻆ .ﻣﺜﻞ: unhappyﺳﻌﻴﺪ happy ﻏﲑ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ happy inaccurateﺩﻗﻴﻖ accurate ﻏﲑ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ accurate impossibleﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ possible ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ possible illegalﻗﺎﻧﻮﱐ legal ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﱐ legal dishonestﺃﻣﲔ honest ﻏﲑ ﺃﻣﲔ honest ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﰐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ " "a , anﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻣﻌﹰﺎ .ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑـﲔﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ: ﻫﻮ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺫﻛﻲ
He is a smart man.
ﻫﻮ ﺫﻛﻲ.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
He is smart.
١٢١
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﱂ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻷﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻣﻌﹰﺎ " "smart manﻟﺬﺍ ﳚﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺗـﻰ ﺍﻟﺼـﻔﺔ ﲟﻔﺮﺩﻩ ﻓﻘﻂ " "smartﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻟﺬﺍ ﳚﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ. ﻛﻠﻤﺔ " "heroﺍﺳﻢ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺑﻄﻞ" ﻭﺻﻔﺘﻬﺎ " "heroicﲟﻌﲎ "ﺑﻄﻮﱄ" ،ﻟﺬﺍ ﳚـﺐﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ: ﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﻄﻞ.
I am a hero.
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ.ﺛﻮﺏ ﺃﲪﺮ Red dress
ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ
ﻃﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﲨﻴﻠﺔ
ﺻﻔﺔ
Beautiful table ﺻﻔﺔ
ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ
أنواع الصفات: ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ /ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ: ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ .ﻭﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﲝﺮﻑ ﻛﺒﲑ .Capital Letter ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ English language ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ New York City Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٢٢
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ /ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ: ﻫﻲ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﻫﻲ: ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺮﺩ my/your/his/her/its ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻊ our/your/their "ﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ" ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ " "ownﻗﺒﻞ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ .ﻣﺜﻞ: ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ﺑﻘﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ.
(I will/I'll) write with my own pen.
ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻀﺎﻑ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ " "ownﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﳌﻨﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺒﺎﺱ .ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ: He did his work. He did his own work. ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰎ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﱃ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺁﺧﺮ ،ﺃﻣـﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﳌﻌﲎ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﳜﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ. ﺛﺎﻟﺜﹰﺎ /ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻔﻴﺔ: ﻫﻲ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻜﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘـﻪ ،ﻭﳚـﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴـﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﺇﺣـﺪﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﰐ ﺍﻟﺘـﻨﻜﲑ " "a , anﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ " "theﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ .ﻣﺜﻞ: ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻗﺪﱘ , an old houseﻓﺘﺎﺓ ﲨﻴﻠﺔ , a beautiful girlﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ a long street ﺇﺎ ﻓﺘﺎﺓ ﲨﻴﻠﺔ.
She is a beautiful girl.
ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻣﻌﹰﺎ " "beautiful girlﻟﺬﺍ ﳚﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ.
Omar AL-Hourani
١٢٣
www.expenglish.com
مواقع الصفة: ﻻ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ""am , is , are , was , were , beﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ Linking Verbsﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌـﺎﻝ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳊـﺲ Perception Verbsﻭﺃﻓﻌـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻈﻬـﻮﺭ Seeming Verbsﻭﺃﻓﻌـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻐـﻴﲑ Becoming Verbsﻭﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ " .Remaining Verbsﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜـﺎﱐ ﻋﺸﺮ". ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺲ :Perception Verbs … ,ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ،ﻳﻠﻤﺲ , feelﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﹰﺎ , soundﻳﺘﺬﻭﻕ , tasteﺗﻔﻮﺡ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ،ﻳﺸﻢ smell ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ :Seeming Verbs … ,ﻳﺒﺪﻭ , lookﻳﺒﺪﻭ , seemﻳﻈﻬﺮ appear ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ :Becoming Verbs ,ﻳﻨﻤﻮ , growﻳﺼﺒﺢ , getﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ , end upﻳﺼﺒﺢ become … ,ﻳﺜﺒﺖ , proveﳛﻮﻝ , turnﳛﻮﻝ , convertﻳﻐﲑ ،ﻳﺒﺪﻝ change ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ :Remaining Verbs … ,ﳛﻔﻆ , keepﻳﺒﻘﻰ ،ﳝﻜﺚ , remainﻳﺒﻘﻰ stay ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ: (١ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ )ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ(. ﺃﻧﺎ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ.
I have a new computer.
ـﻮ ـﻪ ﻫـ ـﻮﻝ ﺑـ ـﻮ " ،"computerﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌـ ـﻢ ﻫـ ـﻮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳـ ـﻲ " ،"newﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻـ ـﻔﺔ ﻫـ ﺍﻟﺼـ "."a new computer (٢ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ Linking Verbsﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ. ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﲨﻴﻠﺔ.
(She has/She's) become beautiful.
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮ " ،"beautifulﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻮ " ،"becomeﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻـﻮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﻫـﻮ " ."Sheﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " "becomeﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ )ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ(. ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺀ ﺗﻔﻮﺡ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﻟﺬﻳﺬﺓ.
Omar AL-Hourani
The soup smells delicious.
١٢٤
www.expenglish.com
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮ " ،"deliciousﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻮ " ،"smellﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻫﻮ
"The
" .soupﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " "smellﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺲ )ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ(. ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺑﻘﻲ ﺻﺎﻣﺘﹰﺎ.
The witness kept silent..
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮ " ،"silentﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻮ " ،"keptﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻـﻮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﻫـﻮ
" "The
" .witnessﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " "keptﻣﺎﺿﻲ " "keepﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ )ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ(. witness (٣ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ beﻭﺃﺧﻮﺍﺎ. ﺇﺎ ﺫﻛﻴﺔ.
She is smart. smart.
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮ " ،"smartﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻮ " ،"isﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻫﻮ "."She (٤ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ theﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ. ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺏ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﲏ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﻦ.
The young should look after the old. old.
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻫﻲ " "youngﻭ " ،"oldﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻫﻮ " ،"The youngﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ " ،"the oldﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ. " "look afterﺗﻌﲏ " "take careﻭﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻳﻌﺘﲏ". (٥ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻜﺎﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺣﺐ ﻗﻬﻮﰐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﺩﺍﺀ. ﺃﺧﱵ ﲢﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ.
I like my coffee black. black. My sister keeps her room very tidy..
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ " "blackﻭ " ،"tidyﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ " "my coffeeﻭ ""her room ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺟﻴﺪ.
I have nothing good. good.
."nothingﻭﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ " ،"goodﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ "nothing ﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ."I have nothing is good" : ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺟﻴﺪﹰﺍ.
I have nothing not good. good.
،"goodﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ " ."nothingﻭﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ "good ﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ."I have nothing is not good" : ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
There is something missing in this room.
١٢٥
www.expenglish.com english.com
" ،ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ " ."somethingﻭﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ "missing ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ "missing ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ: There is something is missing in this room. ﺱ /ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ: ﺛﻮﺏ ﺃﲪﺮ ،ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ،ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ ﺃﲪﺮ. ﺝ/ ﺛﻮﺏ ﺃﲪﺮ "ﺻﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﲔ"
Red Dress.
ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ" .ﺻﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﲔ"
The red dress.
ﺧﱪﻳﺔ" "ﲨﻠﺔ ﺧﱪﻳﺔ ﺃﲪﺮ .ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﲪﺮﹰﺍﹰ .ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ ﺃﲪﺮ
The dress is red.
مقارنة الصفات :Comparative & Superlative ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ: (١ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ :Equality ﻳﺼﺎﻍ: + Object
+
as
Verb
+
as
am + is + are
Subject
ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎﻥGeorge is as tall as John.. ﺟﻮﻥ .ﺃﻭ ﻃﻮﻻ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﻭﺟﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎﻥ John. ﻃﻮﻝ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺟﻮﻥ ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﺟﻮﻥGeorge talks three times as much as John. . ﺳﺄﻋﻮﺩ ﺑﺄﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ.
I will get back as soon as I can.
(٢ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﺛﻨﲔ :Comparative ﻳﺼﺎﻍ: Object
+
than
+
Verb er Verb-er
am + is + are
Subject
ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ.
George is taller than his brother.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ.
I want a bicycle larger than this.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٢٦
www.expenglish.com english.com
(٣ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ :Superlativeﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ: ﻳﺼﺎﻍ: Object
+
of
Verb-est Verb est
+
ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ.
the
+
am + is + are
Subject
George is the tallest of his brothers.
ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ " "--erﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﺛـﻨﲔ ،Comparativeﻭﺍﳌﻘﻄـﻊ ""-estﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ .Superlative ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﹰﺎ .ﺃﳘﻬﺎ:
ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ
ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ
ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ best :
ﺃﻓﻀﻞ better :
ﺟﻴﺪ good :
ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺃ worst :
ﺃﺳﻮﺃ worse :
ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ most :
ﺃﻛﺜﺮ more :
ﺳﻲﺀ bad : much , many
ﺍﻷﻗﻞ least :
ﺃﻗﻞ less :
ﻗﻠﻴﻞ little :
ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺪ farthest :
ﺃﺑﻌﺪ farther :
ﺑﻌﻴﺪ far :
ﻫﻮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ.
He is better than her.
ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻪ.
He is the best of his friends.
ﺗﻮﱐ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ.
Tony is the best. best.
ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ .-estﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ -erﺃﻭ - ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻮﰐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ er "mostﻟﺪﺭﺟـﺔ "moreﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﺛـﻨﲔ ﻭ "most ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻮﰐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ "more ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ .ﻭﺗﺼﺎﻍ: than + Object Object
+
Omar AL-Hourani AL
of
+
+
Adj
Adj
+
+
more
the most ١٢٧
+ am
Subject
+
is + are +
Subject www.expenglish.com english.com
George is more interested than John. George is the most interested of his friends.
www.expenglish.com
١٢٨
.ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﻣﻬﺘﻢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﻥ .ﺟﻮﺭﺝ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻪ
Omar AL-Hourani
Select the ONE lettered answer that is BEST in each question: 1) Adjective of "automatic" is: A. automatic. B. automatically. C. automatical. D. None of all above. 2) Adjective of "late" is: A. lately. B. lated. C. late D. None of all above. 3) Which word is NOT an adjective: A. friendly. B. fully. C. silly. D. All above. 4) In the bicycle race, Harold was … than Michael. A. fastest B. more fast C. more faster D. faster 5) The World Trade Center was the … building in New York City. A. taller B. tallest C. more taller D. most tall 6) Choose the correct sentence: A. Clark is gooder than Mark. B. Clark is more smart than Mark. C. Clark's cake is most delicious of Mark's. D. Clark is tallest of his friends. E. None of all above. 7) Choose the correct sentence: A. She feels the best. B. She feels gooder. C. She feels bader. D. She feels good.
www.expenglish.com
١٢٩
Omar AL-Hourani
8) Choose the correct sentence: A. Pollution causes damages more than working in miners. B. Pollution is damager than working in miners. C. Pollution causes damages most of working in miners. D. None of all above. 9) Choose the correct sentence: A. Nice man has helped me. B. A nice man has helped me. C. A nice men have helped me. D. None of all above. 10) Choose the correct sentence: A. Michael Jackson is popular. B. Michael Jackson is the most popular. C. Michael Jackson is a popular man. D. All above. E. None of all above. 11) I'm good at football as … as basketball. A. soon B. much C. possible D. good E. All above.
www.expenglish.com
١٣٠
Omar AL-Hourani
www.expenglish.com
١٣١
Omar AL-Hourani
مقدمة :Introduction −ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﺑﺄﺎ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ. −ﺳﻨﻌﺎﰿ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ.
بعض أدوات العطف :Conjunctions ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ .ﻣﻨﻬﺎ: ,ﺇﻣﺎ , eitherﻣﻌﹰﺎ , bothﻟﻜﻦ , butﺃﻭ , orﻭ and ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ , whatﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ , whenﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ while ,ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ , as well asﰒ , thenﻻ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺫﺍﻙ neither … nor … ,ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ،ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ , whether ...ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ notwithstanding صياغة أدوات العطف: ﺳﻨﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﲝﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ " "andﻭ ":"orﻟﻘﺪ ﺳﺎﻓﺮ ﺟﻮﻥ .ﻟﻘﺪ ﺳﺎﻓﺮﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﻻ.
John has traveled. Carla has traveled.
ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﲔ ﺑﺄﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ " "andﺃﻭ " "orﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸـﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ .ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ: ﺟﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻻ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺎﻓﺮﻭﺍ.
John and Carla have traveled.
"ﻻﺣﻆ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ " "haveﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ " "hasﻷﻥ John and Carlaﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﲨﻌﹰﺎ" ﺟﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺎﻓﺮ.
Omar AL-Hourani
John or Carla has traveled.
١٣٢
www.expenglish.com
:" ﻧﻜﺘﺐand" ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺮﺑﻂ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﲝﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ.ﻫﻮﺍﰐ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﳎﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ My hobbies hobbies are swimming, swimming reading, reading programming and sport. :ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ My hobbies hobbies are swimming and reading and programming and sport. ." ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﲑand" ﻧﻀﻊ
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ .( ﻫﻲ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﲔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﹰﺎ١ 1) She is studying both English and French. .( ﻻ ﻫﻲ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺧﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻔﻠﺔ٢ 2) Neither she nor her sister was in the party. .( ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ ﰒ ﺍﲣﺬ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻙ٣ 3) Meet her first then make your decision. .( ﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﻌﺐ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﺖ٤ 4) He as well as you is tired. .( ﺍﺑﺬﻝ ﺟﻬﺪﻙ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺼﺮ٥ 5) Do your best (or ( else//otherwise otherwise) he will be the victorious victorious.. .( ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﺎﺑﻠﻬﻢ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺇﻥ ﺃﻣﻄﺮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻻ٦ 6) We should try to meet them whether it iss raining or not not. .( ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺅﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻂ٧ 7) This program shows whether your friends are online. . ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻗﺒﻠﻪI ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ− I and he are going.
ﺧﻄﺄ
He and I are going.
(ﺻﺢ )ﻫﻮ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺁﺗﻴﺎﻥ
I or he is going.
ﺧﻄﺄ
He or I is going.
(ﺻﺢ )ﻫﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺄﰐ
www.expenglish.com english.com
١٣٣
Omar AL-Hourani AL
:Table of Conjunctions جدول أدوات العطف ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ ﻳﻔﻀـﻞ، ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺷﺮﺡ "ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ" ﻳﺒﲔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ meaning or function
simple conjunctions
2- or 3- word conjunctions
adding, listing:
and
alternatives: contrast: negative addition:
or but nor
comparison:
as , than , like
as if , as thought
condition:
if , unless
contrast:
(al)though while whereas
seeing , given , provided even though
both …and , not only … but either … or not … but neither … nor
degree or extent: exception: place: preference:
as far as but (that) , except ( that)
as … so , as … as if … then although … yet
so … that
where , wherever rather than , sooner than
proportion:
as … so , the … the
purpose:
so that , in order that
reason and cause: respect: result:
because , as , since
indirect question: same time: time: earlier time: later time: just after:
whether , if when(ever) , while , as
www.expenglish.com
double conjunctions
in that so that , such that whether … or now (that) time: before , until , till after , since once , when , whereupon
immediately (that)
١٣٤
Omar AL-Hourani
- Questions (1-8); select the ONE lettered answer that is BEST in each question: 1) Which one is a conjunction? A. never. B. and. C. indeed. D. All above. 2) Which one is a conjunction? A. too. B. driver. C. but D. All above. 3) Choose the correct sentence: A. He always eats chicken, egg and chips. B. He always eats chicken, egg, and chips. C. All above. D. None of all above. 4) Choose the correct sentence: A. The first man has to work bellows and the second must fuel the furnace. B. The first man has to work bellows, and the second must fuel the furnace. C. All above. D. None of all above. 5) We will visit Japan … New Zealand during our next vacation. A. and B. but C. so D. None of all above. 6) My brother wanted to buy a novel … I went to the book store after I finished work. A. so B. or C. but D. None of all above. 7) My teeth were hurting … I made an appointment to go the dentist. A. or B. so C. but D. None of all above. 8) Have you seen … heard the latest musical by Andrew Lloyd Webber? A. but. B. so. C. or. www.expenglish.com
١٣٥
Omar AL-Hourani
D. None of all above. - Questions (9-13); choose the best conjunction to join the two sentences: 9) The vacuum cleaner was too small for our needs. We bought a larger one. A. so B. since C. but D. because 10) The man stopped his bicycle beside the car. The bicycle had a broken chain. A. and B. as C. yet D. or 11) The tennis match was almost finished. The score was 40 all. A. yet B. and C. nor D. because 12) The X Files is my favorite TV show. Dawson's Creek is his favorite show. A. so B. or C. and D. but 13) She was happy when her brother arrived. She had been watching for him for over an hour. A. and B. because C. as D. but
www.expenglish.com
١٣٦
Omar AL-Hourani
www.expenglish.com
١٣٧
Omar AL-Hourani
مقدمة :Introduction ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺃﺻﻌﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﲨﺘﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻐـﺔﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﳍﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ. ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ :ﻫﻮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﲔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ. بعض حروف الجر :Prepositions about (١ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻋﻦ". ﻫﻲ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨـﻲ.
She is talking about me.
ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ؟
?What are you talking about
ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔThis book is about the Second World War. . (٢ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ،ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑـ". ﺃﻧﺎ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ.
I have books about English.
(٣ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺑـ" ﺃﻭ "ﰲ". ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺣﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺪ.
I dream about tomorrow.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻓﻜﺮ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻗﺼﺔ.
I think about writing a story.
(٤ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ."approximately ﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮﻱ ٢٠ﺳﻨﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ.
I am about 20 years old.
(٥ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺣﻮﻝ ."around , round ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲThe earth moves (around/round/about) the sun. .
Omar AL-Hourani
١٣٨
www.expenglish.com
at (١ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﳏﺪﺩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﰲ ،ﻋﻨﺪ". ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ.
The children were at home.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺟﻮﻥ.
I was at John's house.
,ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ , at the centerﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ , at the endﰲ ﺍﳋﻠﻒ at the back … ,ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺔ , at the topﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ at the front (٢ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﳏﺪﺩ )ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ( ﺍﳊﻔﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ.
The concert starts at 7:30 o'clock.
(٣ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﳊﻈﺔ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ. ,ﰲ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ , at middayﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ , at lunch timeﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ at the moment … ,ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ at the present time (٤ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ "ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺮ". ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ١٠٠ﻛﻢ/ﺱ.
You can drive at 100kph.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﺗﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﰲ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﲔ. ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﻴﺾ ﺑﺴﻌﺮ ٨٠ﻟﻠﺪﺯﻳﻨﺔ.
(I will/I'll) retire at 60. You can buy eggs at 80 per a dozen.
(٥ﲟﻌﲎ "ﳓﻮ ،ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ". ﻫﻮ ﺭﻣﻰ ﺣﺠﺮﹰﺍ ﳓﻮﻱ.
He threw a stone at me.
(٦ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ .look ﺧﻄﺄ
Look to me.
ﺻﺢ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱄ(
Look at me.
by (١ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ، ...ﲜﺎﻧﺐ"... ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻳﻘﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﰐThere is a policeman standing by my car. .
Omar AL-Hourani
١٣٩
www.expenglish.com
(٢ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ. ﺍﻟﻠﺺ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺒﲎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ. The thief must have left the building by the back door. I went to school by car. ﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺫﻫﺒ (٣ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺷﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ ﺭﺷﻔﺔ ﺭﺷﻔﺔ.
I drink tea sip by sip.
ﺍﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰﺍ.
Enter one by one.
(٤ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ "."on or before ﺧﻼﻝ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ by Friday ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﻣﻦ )ﻣﺎﻳﻮ/ﺃﻳﺎﺭ( ﺃﻭ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ. The photographs will be ready by 5 May. (٦ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ .by + Verb-ing ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺌﺎﺕ. We can increase production by improving wages. By improving wages, we can increase production. (٧ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ "ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ". due to (١ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﺎ ""because of ﳒﺎﺣﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻕ. His success was (due to/because of) his hard work. for (١ﲟﻌﲎ "ﳌﺪﺓ". ﺳﺄﻋﻴﺶ ﻫﻨﺎ ﳌﺪﺓ ﲬﺴﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ. ﻚ ﻟﻸﺑﺪ. ﺳﺄﺣﺒ
(I will/I'll) live here for five days. (I will/I'll) love you (for ever/forever).
(٢ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻷﺟﻞ ،ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ". ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ ﻷﺟﻠﻜﻢ.
(I am/I'm) working for you.
(٣ﲟﻌﲎ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ "ﺍﻟﻼﻡ". ﻫﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﺖ ﻟﻠﺮﺋﻴﺲ؟ Omar AL-Hourani
?Did you vote for the President ١٤٠
www.expenglish.com
from (١ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﲟﻌﲎ " ﻣ ﻦ". ﻫﻲ ﻋﺎﺷ ﺖ ﰲ ﻧﻴﻮﻳﻮﺭﻙ ﻣﻦ ١٩٩٥ﺇﱃ .١٩٩٨ She lived in New York from 1995 to 1998. (٢ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﲟﻌﲎ " ﻣ ﻦ". ﻫﻮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻨﺪﺍ.
He moved from Canada.
(٣ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ. ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﺗﻴﺖ؟
?Where did you come from
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺗﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺲ.
I came from Paris.
in (١ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ،ﰲ". ﻫﻮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ .ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ.
(He is/He's) in the car.
(٢ﻣﻊ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺷﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ. ﺟﻮﺯﻳﻒ ﻭﻟ ﺪ ﰲ ﺷﻬﺮ )ﻣﺎﺭﺱ/ﺁﺫﺍﺭ(.
Joseph was born in March.
ﺟﻮﺯﻳﻒ ﻭﻟ ﺪ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ١٩٩٠ﻡ.
Joseph was born in 1990 AD.
ﺟﻮﺯﻳﻒ ﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻒ.
Joseph left the city in summer.
(٣ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﳏﺪﺩ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺟﻨﺘﲔ.
(I am/I'm) in Argentina.
(٤ﻗﺒﻞ " Abstract Nounsﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﺸﺮ". ﺭﻭﻣﻴﻮ ﻭﺟﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﺤﺎﺑﺎﻥ.
Romeo was in love with Juliet.
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺮﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ.
The passengers are in danger.
into (١ﲟﻌﲎ "ﳓﻮ ،ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ". ﻫﻮ ﺫﻫﺐ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ.
He went into the room.
(٢ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺇﱃ" ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﹰﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ .divide ﺍﳌﻄﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﱃ ﳏﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ. Omar AL-Hourani
Airports divide into local and international. ١٤١
www.expenglish.com
of (١ﻟﻠﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﳌﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ )ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ(. ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ , The owners of the carﺃﻣﲑﺓ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺎ The Queen of Spain (٢ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ. ﺗﻔﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ , An apple of the boxﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻚ A part of the cake (٣ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ .amounts ,ﻟﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ , a liter of oilﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ a lot of noise ﺁﻻﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺕ , thousands of balls ,ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺾ dozens of eggs on (١ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻓﻮﻕ ،ﻋﻠﻰ". ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ.
The books are on the table.
(٢ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻷﻭﺗﻮﺑﻴﺲ.
I go to work on the bus.
(٣ﻣﻊ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻬﺮ. ﺳﻨﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ. ﺳﻨﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻣﻦ )ﻳﻮﻟﻴﻮ/ﲤﻮﺯ(.
(We will/We'll) travel on Friday. (We will/We'll) travel on 9th July.
(٤ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ. ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﻮﻻ ﺳﺘﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻡ ٢٠٠٧/١٠/١ﻡ. This chocolate will expire on 1/10/2008 AD. (٥ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ،ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ". ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺭﺧﻴﺺ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺮ. Although this computer is cheap, it is one of the best machines on the market. ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ. This program shows all most sites on the internet.
Omar AL-Hourani
١٤٢
www.expenglish.com
to (١ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺇﱃ". ﺗﻌﺎﻝ ﺇﻟـﻲ.
Come to me.
ﻫﻮ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻨﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ١٩٩٠ﺇﱃ He went to Canada from 1990 to 1995. .١٩٩٥ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ:ﺧﻄﺄ
Come to here.
ﺻﺢ )ﺗﻌﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ(
Come here
(٢ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ to + Verb.1ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻟﻜﻲ ،ﻟـ". ﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻄﻌﻢ )ﻟﻜﻲ ﺃﻛﻞ/ﻷﻛﻞ(. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺫﻫﺒ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻔﻮﺯ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺪﺭﺏ ﺟﻴﺪﹰﺍ.
I went to a restaurant to eat. To win, you have to practice well.
(٣ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ to + have + Verb.3ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻟﻜﻲ" ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺘـﺮﺟﻢ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ "ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ": ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﻷﻧﻚ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺖ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ" .ﻣﺎﺿﻲ" I am delighted to have met your wife yesterday. " "notﻗﺒﻞ .to (٤ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﲔ ﻧﻀﻊ " ﻟﻜﻲ ﻻ ﲣﺴﺮ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺪﺭﺏ ﺟﻴﺪﹰﺍ.
Not to lose, you have to practice well.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺧﱪﺗﻚ ﺑﺄﻻ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﰿ.
I told you not to go skating.
ﳓﻦ ﻣﺘﺄﺳﻔﻮﻥ ﻷﻧﻚ ﱂ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ. We are sorry not to have met your wife yesterday. (٥ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ) (٢ﻳﺒﲎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ to + be + Verb.3ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟـﺔ ) (٣ﻓﻴـﺒﲎ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺸــﻜﻞ to + have + been + Verb.3ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟــﺔ ) (٤ﻓﻴــﺒﲎ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺍﻟﺸــﻜﻞ .not to + be + Verb.3 ﺐ ﺑﻪ. ﺠ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳ ﻌ
Everyone likes to be admired.
The building appears to have been repainted.. ﺻﹺﺒ ﹶﻎ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔrepainted.. ﺍﳌﺒﲎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺨﺪﻉ ،ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺬﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻻ ﺗ Not to be deceived, you have to be careful.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٤٣
www.expenglish.com english.com
(٦ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﲔ ﻓﻌﻠﲔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺃ ﹾﻥ". ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ.
I want to go.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻌﻲ.
I want you to go with me.
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ )ﺃﻧﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺃﺭﺍﻩ(
I went to see him.
up to (١ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺣﱴ". ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﺑﻘﻰ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖ.
(I will/I'll) stay here up to Saturday.
ﺖ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺸﻴ until
I walked up to the tree.
زمان فقط
ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ .till (١ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺣﱴ". (I will/I'll) stay here (until until/up )up to/till to ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﺑﻘﻰ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺖSaturday. . with (١ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻣﻊ ."together ﺖ ﻣﻌﻲ. ﻫﻲ ﺫﻫﺒ
She went with me.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻚ.
(I am/I'm) with you.
ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ (١ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ ﻣﻔﻌﻮ ﹰﻻ ﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ ،ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺿﻤﲑﹰﺍ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﻭﺍﳉﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ: me , you , him , her , it , us , them (٢ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ " "toﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﳌﺼﺪﺭ "ﺃﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﻪ ."-ing -sﺃﻭ ing
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٤٤
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ ﻷﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﳍﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ. ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ atﻭ intoﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻌﲎ "ﳓﻮ":ﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﳓﻮ" ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ atﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺃﻣﺎ intoﻓﻴﺄﰐ ﺑﻌـﺪﻩ ﻏﺎﻟﺒـﹰﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ atﻋﻮﺿﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ intoﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ. ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ byﻭ onﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ:ﻛﻠﻤﺔ footﻭ horsebackﻳﺄﰐ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ " "onﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻼ ﻓﺮﻕ. ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ofﻭ fromﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﺄ:ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ofﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ. ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ at , on , inﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﳏﺪﺩ: :atﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﳏﺪﺩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ.
ﺗﻮﻡ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺃﺧﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻚ. Tom is waiting for his sister at the bank. bank
:onﺗﻌﲏ "ﻓﻮﻕ ،ﻋﻠﻰ".
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٤٥
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺒﻮﻥ ﻳﺘﺪﺭﺑﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ) .ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻄﻮﻗﺔ( The players are practicing on the field. field
:inﺗﻌﲏ "ﺩﺍﺧﻞ".
ﺍﳌﻼﻛﻤﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻠﺒﺔ) .ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻄﻮﻗﺔ(
The boxers are in the ring. ring.
بعض األخطاء الشائعة في حروف الجر. −ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﲨﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﻴـﺔ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ .ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﺮﺯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ: (١ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺟﺮ ﻻ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻟﻪ. ﺧﻄﺄ
Please answer to my question.
ﺻﺢ )ﺃﺟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﱄ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻠﻚ(
Please answer my question.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ.
I finished from my work. I finished my work.
ﻫﻮ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻠﻢ.
He needs to a pen. He needs a pen.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٤٦
www.expenglish.com english.com
She reached to the school. She reached the school.
.ﻫﻲ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ
They entered to the room. They entered the room.
.ﻫﻢ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ
We visited him in the next day. We visited him the next day.
.ﳓﻦ ﺯﺭﻧﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ
You can join to us. You can join us.
.ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻤﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ :( ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﰲ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺟﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ٢
He is knocking the door. He is knocking at the door.
.ﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ
Please remind me his name. Please remind me of his name.
.ﺫﻛﺮﱐ ﺑﺎﲰﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻠﻚ
He can reply her inquires. He can reply to her inquires.
.ﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺘﻬﺎ
She waited you. She waited for you.
.ﻫﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮﺗﻚ
I went a walk. I went on a walk.
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﰲ ﻧﺰﻫﺔ
Don't argue him. Don't argue with him.
www.expenglish.com
.ﻻ ﲡﺎﺩﻟﻪ
١٤٧
Omar AL-Hourani
:( ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺟﺮ ﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ٣ Be careful from that man. Be careful of that man.
.ﻛﻦ ﺣﺬﺭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ
He is good in English. He is good at English.
.ﻫﻮ ﺟﻴﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ
He is sitting on the table. He is sitting at the table.
.ﻫﻮ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ
Look to the picture. Look at the picture.
.ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ
I am angry from him. I am angry with him.
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﻏﺎﺿﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ
She is afraid from the dog. She is afraid of the dog.
.ﻫﻲ ﲣﺎﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺏ
He threw a stone on the cat. He threw a stone (at/into) the cat. She was laughing on him. She was laughing at him.
.ﻫﻮ ﺭﻣﻰ ﺣﺠﺮﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺔ .ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻀﺤﻚ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ
She was happy from him. She was pleased with him.
.ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ
I walked until the tree. I walked up to the tree.
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ . ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻓﻘﻂuntil
www.expenglish.com
١٤٨
Omar AL-Hourani
ﻭﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻘﺔ، ﻭﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻀﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﲝﺮﻭﻑ ﺟﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ− : ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻫﺠﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ.ﳍﺎ ﻛﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻬﻤﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺮﻗﺔ
He was accused of stealing.
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﺭ
I am accustomed to hot weather. She is afraid of dogs.
.ﻫﻲ ﲣﺎﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺏ
She agrees with him.
.ﻫﻲ ﺗﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺃﻱ
He is angry with her.
.ﻫﻮ ﻏﺎﺿﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ .ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﹰﺎ ﻟﻪ
The matter was apparent to him.
.ﻫﻮ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ
He will argue with them. They will arrive at the village.
.ﻫﻢ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺔ
He was ashamed of his conduct.
.ﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﺠ ﹰ .ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻨﺪﻫﺶ ﻟﻸﻣﺮ
I am astonished at the matter.
.ﻫﻢ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﷲ
They believe in god.
.ﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﺘﲏ ﺑﺼﺤﺘﻪ
He is careful of his health.
ﻫﻞ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﱠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ؟
Can I comment on this? She always complains of the heat.
.ﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺗﺘﺬﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ
The team is composed of ten players.
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻻﻋﺒﲔ
The week consists of seven days.
.ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ
The mountains are covered with snow.
.ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻠﺞ
He cured of his illness.
.ﻫﻮ ﺷﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺿﻪ
.ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﻐﺮﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻲ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﳌﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﱐ The U.S. Congress corresponds to the British Parliament She depends on herself. .ﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ .ﻛﺘﺎﰊ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻚ
My book is different from yours. She was dressed in black.
.ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺮﺗﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺩ
I was engaged in reading.
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﺸﻐﻮ ﹰﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ .ﻫﻲ ﳐﻄﻮﺑﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻬﺎ
She is engaged to her cousin.
.ﻫﻮ ﺭﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ
He failed in history. www.expenglish.com
١٤٩
Omar AL-Hourani
.ﻫﻢ ﻳﺘﻐﺬﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺯ
They feed of rice.
.ﺎ ﳑﻠﻮﺀﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﺖﺇ
It is full of oil.
.ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ
Get out of here. He is good at mathematics.
.ﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﺭﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ
He is incapable of running.
.ﻫﻮ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺾ
She always insists on her opinion.
.ﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﺗﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﻳﻬﺎ
He is interested in music.
.ﻫﻮ ﻣﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ
She is jealous of her sister.
.ﻫﻲ ﺗﻐﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺘﻬﺎ
He is knocking at the door.
.ﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ .ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ
Look at the picture.
.ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻀﺤﻚ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ
She was laughing at him. Can you listen to me?
ﻫﻞ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﱄ؟
She is married to a rich man.
.ﻫﻲ ﻣﺘﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻏﲏ .ﻫﻢ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﻚ
They are pleased with you.
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ
I prefer tea to coffee.
.ﻫﻮ ﻓﺨﻮﺭ ﺑﺄﺑﻴﻪ
He is proud of his father.
.ﺫﻛﺮﱐ ﺑﺎﲰﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻠﻚ
Please remind me of his name.
.ﺎﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍ
He can reply to her inquires. Are you satisfied with your marks?
ﺽ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺗﻚ؟ ﻫﻞ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﹴ
I am searching for my book.
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﲝﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﰊ
My book is not similar to his.
.ﻛﺘﺎﰊ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻚ .ﻫﻮ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ
He is sitting at the table. I am sure of his honesty.
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﺛﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺘﻪ
I want to talk to you.
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﻠﻤﻚ
He threw a stone (at/into) the cat.
ﻫﻞ ﻣﻠﻠﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ؟
Are you tired of reading?
.ﻼ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻋﻤ ﹰ
I am waiting for a job.
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ
I walked up to the tree. www.expenglish.com
.ﻫﻮ ﺭﻣﻰ ﺣﺠﺮﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺔ
١٥٠
Omar AL-Hourani
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﰲ ﻧﺰﻫﺔ
I went on a walk.
www.expenglish.com
١٥١
Omar AL-Hourani
Select the ONE lettered answer that is BEST in each question: 1) There is an explanation of photosynthesis … chapter 11. A. at B. in C. of D. to E. None 2) The answers to the problems are … page 227. A. at B. in C. on D. to E. None 3) You have to be … least 18 to vote. A. at B. in C. on D. to E. None 4) When did the U.S. send the first men … the moon? A. at B. in C. on D. to E. None 5) Are you going to the meeting … Friday? A. at B. in C. on D. to E. None 6) The professor wrote several comments … my paper. A. in B. on C. about D. to E. None
www.expenglish.com
١٥٢
Omar AL-Hourani
7) The search … the source of the Nile took many years. A. for B. from C. by D. at E. None 8) The land was valued … $10,000,000. A. at B. for C. in D. to E. None 9) I am going to talk … Clark. A. to B. on C. with D. in E. None 10) I am really good … German. A. in B. at C. on D. with E. None 11) There was no agreement … the type of copy protection to offer. A. at B. for C. on D. to E. None 12) This book expresses … me. A. about B. with C. in D. at E. None 13) He is opposed … tax cuts. A. at B. for C. on D. to E. None
www.expenglish.com
١٥٣
Omar AL-Hourani
14) Seven people were severely injured in the accident, according … doctors. A. by B. to C. with D. at E. None 15) I need more time to study; I'm not ready … the test. A. for B. of C. in D. at E. None 16) Excuse me, sir. May I ask … you a question? A. at B. for C. to D. about E. None 17) Billy, where have you been? You're covered … mud! A. on B. with C. for D. to E. None 18) Are you going to the Padres game … this Friday? A. at B. in C. on D. by E. None 19) The professor made several comments … my ideas. A. in B. on C. about D. to E. None 20) His teaching style is consistent … his personality. A. in B. on C. to D. with E. None
www.expenglish.com
١٥٤
Omar AL-Hourani
- Question (21); complete these sentences with the correct preposition (in, at, from, to, on): 21) George and Mary are _____ England. They live _____ London, _____ an old house. They go _____ work by bus. They work _____ 09.00am _____ 02.00pm. They do not work _____ the afternoons and often stay _____ home then. _____ Saturdays they often visit friends or play tennis _____ the local club.
www.expenglish.com
١٥٥
Omar AL-Hourani
www.expenglish.com
١٥٦
Omar AL-Hourani
مقدمة :Introduction ﺗﺒﲎ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﳎﻬﻮ ﹰﻻ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﹰﺎ .ﻭﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌـﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠـﻮﻡﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ Activeﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ Active :ﻋﻜﺲ .Passive ﺟﻮﻥ ﻗﺘ ﹶﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ) .ﻣﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ .(Active ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ ﹸﻗﺘﻞ) .ﻣﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ .(Passive ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻳﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺎﺋـﺐﻟﻠﻔﺎﻋﻞ .ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﳛﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﻋﻞ ،ﻭﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ،Auxiliary Verbﻭﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ. ﻭﺗﺒﲎ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ،ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻧﻀﻊ ﰲ ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﻏﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ،by + Subjectﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺷﺨﺼﹰﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻧﻀﻊ ،with + Subjectﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺿﻤﲑ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺜﻞHe him , She her … : ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﺟﺪﻭ ﹰﻻ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻳﺒﲔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻟﻸﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺩﺭﺳـﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻫـﺬﺍﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻦ ﻧﺸﺮﺡ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎ ﹰﻻ. صياغة المبني للمجھول :Passive Voice ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ:ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ /ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ: ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:Subject + Verb.2 + Object ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ:was Object + were + Verb.3
Omar AL-Hourani
١٥٧
www.expenglish.com
me , him , her , itﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ: ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ iﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ .was youﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ: ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ou , us , themﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ .were
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ"" .ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ" . ﹶﺖ .ﺃﻭ ﺳ ﹺﺮﻗﹶﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺳ ﹺﺮﻗﹶﺖ
The car was stolen. stolen.
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ stolenﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ stealﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ stealﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸـﺎﺫﺓ Irregular Verbsﺗﺼﺮﻳﻔﻪ: steal - stole - stolen "ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﺸﺮ" ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ" "ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺟﻮﻥ .ﰲ ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ ﹸﻗﺘ ﹶﻞ ﺃﻭ ﹸﻗﺘﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺟﻮﻥ
Carlos was killed by John.
ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻘﺘﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ " ."Johnﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ: ﺟﻮﻥ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﻟﻮﺱ.
John killed Carlos. ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ
ﺱ /ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ: ﻫﻢ ﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﰐ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﹰﺍ.
1) They took my car away.
ﻫﻢ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ.
2) They broke the window.
ﺝ/ (١ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ " "Theyﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " "tookﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ " "my carﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ: ﺳﻴﺎﺭﰐ ﹸﺃ ﺧﺬﹶﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﹰﺍ.
My car was taken away by them. them.
(٢ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ " "Theyﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " "brokeﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ " "the windowﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ: ﺕ. ﺴ ﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﹸﻛ ِ
The window was broken by them. them. "ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ"
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٥٨
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ /ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ: ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:Subject + Verb.1 + Object ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ:am is + Verb.3 Object + are
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ him , her , itﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ:ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ .is youﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ: ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ou , us , themﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ .are ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ :meﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ .am
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﺼﻠﱠﺢ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ. ﺍﳉﺴﺮ ﻳ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ ﺗ ﻐﻄﱠﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻠﺞ.
The bridge is repaired everyday. The mountains mountain are covered with snow.
ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻏﻄﹼﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ " ،"snowﻭﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ " "withﻋﻮﺿﹰﺎ ﻋـﻦ " "byﻷﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ " "snowﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺷﺨﺼﹰﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ .ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ: ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ.
Snow covers the mountains. ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٥٩
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺱ /ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ: ﺍﻟﺬﺋﺎﺏ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﻑ.
1) The wolves eat the sheep.
ﺯﻭﺟﱵ ﺗﺪﻋﻮﱐ ﺑﻴﺎﻋﺰﻳﺰﻱ.
2) My wife calls me darling.
ﺝ/ (١ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ " "The wolvesﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " "eatﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ " "the sheepﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ: ﺍﳋﺮﺍﻑ ﺗ ﹾﺄﻛﹶﻞ.
The sheep are eaten by the wolves. wolves.
(٢ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ " "My wifeﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " "callﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ " "meﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ: ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺩﻋﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻋﺰﻳﺰﻱ.
I am called darling by my wife. "ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ"
ﺛﺎﻟﺜﹰﺎ /ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:Verb-ing Verb ing + Object ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ:+ Verb.3
being
am + is + are am + is + are
Subject
Object
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﺟﻮﻥ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ" .ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻵﻥ"
John is being asked. asked.
The city hall is being rebuilt by the Council ﻗﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻳﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ" .ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻵﻥ " ouncil. ."theﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: "the council ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻫﻮ "council ﺍﻠﺲ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ" .ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻵﻥ"
The Council is rebuilding the city hall. ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٦٠
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺱ /ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ: ﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ.
1) He is reading the book.
ﻫﻢ ﻳﺒﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ.
2) They are building the house.
ﺝ/ (١ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ " "Heﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " "readﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ " "the bookﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ: ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳ ﹾﻘﺮﺃ" .ﺍﻵﻥ"
The book is being read by him. him.
(٢ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ " "Theyﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " "buildﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ " "the houseﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ: ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﻳ ﺒﻨﻰ" .ﺍﻵﻥ"
The house is being built by them. them. "ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ"
ﺭﺍﺑﻌﹰﺎ /ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ: ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:+ Object ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ:been + Verb.3
+
Verb.3 +
has
+ have has have
Subject
+
Object
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ him , her , itﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ:ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ .has me , youﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ: ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ou , us , themﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ .have
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﺍ ﻋﺘﻘﻞ. ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﺜ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
Someone has been arrested. arrested. The car has been found by the police.
١٦١
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻫﻮ " ."the policeﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ: ﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﺜﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ.
The police have found the car. ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ Someoneﻻ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ " "by someoneﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻏـﲑ ﻣﻌـﺮﻭﻑ ﻷﻥ Someoneﺗﻌﲏ "ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ" ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻧﻜﺮﺓ. ﺱ /ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ: ﻟﻘﺪ ﺩﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻔﻠﺔ.
1) The students have invited us to the party.
ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺮﻕ ﻛﺘﺎﺎ.
2) Someone has stolen her book.
ﺝ/ (١ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ " "The studentsﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " " invitedﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ " "usﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ: ﻟﻘﺪ ﺩﻋﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻔﻠﺔ. We have been invited to the party by the students. students. (٢ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ " "Someoneﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " "stolenﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ " "her bookﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ: ﻛﺘﺎﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺮﹺﻕ.
Her book has been stolen. "ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ"
ﺧﺎﻣﺴﹰﺎ /ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ: ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:Subject + will + Verb.1 + Object ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ:Object + will + be + Verb.3
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺤﻞ. ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺋﻢ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗ ﺮﺗﻜﹶﺐ.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
The crime will be solved. solved. A few of crimes will be committed. committed.
١٦٢
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺱ /ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ: ﻫﻮ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﻣﺎﺭﻙ.
1) He will kill Mark.
ﻫﻲ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺒﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ.
2) She will buy the car.
ﺟـ/ (١ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ " "Heﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " "killﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ " "Markﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ: ﻣﺎﺭﻙ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳ ﹾﻘﺘﻞ.
Mark will be killed by him. him.
(٢ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ " "Sheﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " "buyﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ " "the carﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ: ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺒﺎﻉ.
The car will be bought by her.. "ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ"
ﺳﺎﺩﺳﹰﺎ /ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ: ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ "… ."can , should , must , ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ Auxiliary Verbsﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ:Subject + Aux Verb + Verb.1 + Object ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ:Object + Aux Verb + be + Verb.3
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳ ﻌﺜﹶﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ.
The car can be found. found.
ﻫﻲ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﹶﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
She must be told. told.
١٦٣
www.expenglish.com english.com
: ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ/ﺱ 1) They should not park their cars there. .ﻢ ﻫﻨﺎﻙﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻮﻗﻔﻮﺍ ﺳﻴﺎﺭ /ﺝ :" ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔtheir cars" " ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪpark" " ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞThey" ( ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ١ .ﻒ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻮ ﹶﻗﻢ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻻ ﺗﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍ Their cars should not be parked there by them. them. ""ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ
www.expenglish.com english.com
١٦٤
Omar AL-Hourani AL
:جدول صيغ المبني للمجھول لجميع األزمنة
ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ
Present Simple Present Progressive Present Perfect Present Perfect Progressive Past Simple Past Progressive Past Perfect Past Perfect Progressive Future Simple Future Progressive Future Perfect Future Perfect Progressive Future in the Past
O + (am/is/are) + V.3 O + (am/is/are) + being + V.3 O + (has/have) + been + V.3 O + (has/have) + been being + V.3 O + (was/were) + V.3 O + had being + V.3 O + had been + V.3 O + had been being + V.3 O + will be + V.3 O + will be being + V.3 O + will have been + V.3 O + will have been being + V.3 O + (was/were) + going to be + V.3 O + used to be + V.3 O + Aux Verb + be + V.3 O + (am/is/are) + going to be + V.3
Used to Auxiliary Verb be going to
:ﺣﻴﺚ O : Object , V.3 : ﻓﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ
www.expenglish.com
١٦٥
Omar AL-Hourani
- Questions (1-9); rewrite these sentences beginning with the words in underline type: 1) They offered William a promotion. 2) They are testing the new system. 3) Someone reported that the riot was under control. 4) They may ban the film. 5) We have not used the car for ages. 6) The company has cut all salaries. 7) Employers must pay all travel expenses for this training course. 8) Nobody informed the college that there had been a mistake. 9) The news about the exam results distressed Sidney. - Questions (10-17); choose the correct auxiliary verb to make sentence passive: 10) The castle … built in the 15th century. A. was B. is C. has been D. will be E. None of all above. 11) Is he … arrested as we speak? A. being B. been C. be D. will be E. None of all above. 12) All these houses … neglected for decades. A. will be B. are being C. has been D. have been E. None of all above. 13) There is no question that they … delighted when they see her tomorrow. A. have been B. had been C. were D. will have been E. None of all above. www.expenglish.com
١٦٦
Omar AL-Hourani
14) The children … taken to school by bus every day. A. are B. have C. was D. had E. None of all above 15) I can assure you that this box … never been opened before I opened this morning. A. was B. will C. is D. had E. None of all above. 16) How many times have you … your house broken into? A. been B. had C. be D. have E. None of all above. 17) I'm sorry you can't come in at the moment because we … the house decorated right now. A. have had B. will have C. had D. are having E. None of all above.
www.expenglish.com
١٦٧
Omar AL-Hourani
www.expenglish.com
١٦٨
Omar AL-Hourani
مقدمة :Introduction ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﺳﻬﻞ ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺴﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻷﻧـﻪ ﻣﻬـﻢﺟﺪﹰﺍ.
صياغة النفي :Make of Negative ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ:ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ Auxiliary Verbﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ :beﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ (١ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﲢﻮﻱ ﻓﻌ ﹰ "n'tﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ) "notﻟﻼﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ "n't ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ beﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ "not " beﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ willﻓﻴﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺇﱃ won'tﻭ canﻓﻴﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺇﱃ can'tﻭ am , mayﻓـﻼ ﳜﺘﺼـﺮﺍﻥ ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ"(. (٢ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻻ ﲢﻮﻱ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ Auxiliary Verbﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ :beﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ :did not (didn't does not (doesn'tﺃﻭ )didn't do not (don'tﺃﻭ ))doesn't ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ )don't ﻧﻀﻊ ) :do not (don'tﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ،ﺃﻭ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ I , You , We , Theyﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ. ﻧﻀﻊ ) :does not (doesn'tﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ،sﺃﻭ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ He , She , Itﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ،ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ sﻣﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ. ﻧﻀﻊ ) :did not (didn'tﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ،ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ "ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ". ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﺖ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ،beﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﻧﻄﺒـﻖ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ. .-ing ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ :ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﻪ -sﺃﻭ ing -ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ shall notﺇﱃ .shan't
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٦٩
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ beﻫﻲ.am, is, are, was, were, been : ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺍ: /١-١ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ: ﻫﻮ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
1) He plays football.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﻪ ،sﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ) does not (doesn'tﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ sﻣﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ. ﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
1) He (does does not/doesn't not doesn't)) play football.
ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ.
2) You teach English.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ،ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ) do not (don'tﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ. ﺃﻧﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ.
2) You (do do not/don't not don't)) teach English.
/٢-١ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: ﻫﻮ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
1) He is playing football.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"isﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
1) He (is (is not/isn't not isn't)) playing football.
ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ.
2) You are teaching English.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"areﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﺃﻧﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
2) You (are (are not/aren't not aren't)) teaching English.
١٧٠
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﲤﺸﻰ.
3) I am walking.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"amﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﲤﺸﻰ.
3) I am not walking.
ﰲ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ،ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ beﺃﺗﺖ ﻛﺄﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ )ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟـﻞ ﺗﻜـﻮﻳﻦﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ "ﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ". /٣-١ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ: ﻟﻘﺪ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
1) He has played football.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"hasﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﻫﻮ ﱂ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
1) He (has (has not/hasn't not hasn't)) played football.
ﺖ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ. ﻟﻘﺪ ﺩﺭﺳ
2) You have taught English.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"haveﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﺃﻧﺖ ﱂ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ.
2) You (have (have not/haven't not haven't)) taught English.
/٤-١ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ. ﻫﻮ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ. 1) He has been writing a letter for two hours. ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"hasﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ. 1) He (has has not/hasn't not hasn't)) been writing a letter for two hours. ﺃﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ.
2) I have been having lunch.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"haveﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﺃﻧﺎ ﱂ ﺃﻛﻦ ﺃﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
2) I (have (have not/haven't not haven't)) been having lunch.
١٧١
www.expenglish.com english.com
/١-٢ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ: ﻫﻮ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
1) He played football.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ،ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ) did not (didn'tﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ. ﻫﻮ ﱂ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
1) He (did did not/didn't not didn't)) play football.
ﺖ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ. ﺃﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﺳ
2) You taught English.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ،ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ) did not (didn'tﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ. ﺃﻧﺖ ﱂ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ.
2) You (did did not/didn't not didn't)) teach English.
/٢-٢ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
1) He was playing football.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"wasﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﻫﻮ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
1) He (was (was not/wasn't not wasn't)) playing football.
ﺖ. ﺃﻧﺖ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺻﺮﺧ 2) You were watching the TV when she cried. cried ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"wereﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﺖ. ﺃﻧﺖ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺻﺮﺧ 2)) You (were were not/weren't not weren't) watching the TV when she cried cried. ﰲ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ،ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ beﺃﺗﺖ ﻛﺄﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ )ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺯﻣـﻦﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ "ﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ".
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٧٢
www.expenglish.com english.com
/٣-٢ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ: ﻟﻘﺪ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳ ﹾﻜﺴﺮ ﺳﺎﻗﻪ. 1) He had played football before his leg was broken. ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"hadﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﻫﻮ ﱂ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳ ﹾﻜﺴﺮ ﺳﺎﻗﻪ. 1) He (had (had not/hadn't not hadn't)) played football before his leg was broken. /٤-٢ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: ﻫﻮ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﺘﲔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﺼﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ. 1) He had had been studying English for two years before he got the job. ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"hadﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﻫﻮ ﱂ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﺘﲔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﺼﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ. 1) He (had had not/hadn't not hadn't) been studying English for two years before he got the job. /١-٣ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ: ﻫﻮ )ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ/ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ(.
1) He will go.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"willﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﻫﻮ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ.
1) He (will will not/won't not won't)) go.
/٢-٣ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: ﻫﻮ )ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ/ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ( ﻧﺎﺋﻤﹰﺎ.
1) He will be sleeping. sleeping.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"willﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﻫﻮ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﹰﺎ.
1) He (will will not/won't not won't)) be sleeping. sleeping.
ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﺖ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﻓﻌﻞ ،beﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ.Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٧٣
www.expenglish.com english.com
/٣-٣ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ: ﺖ ﻟﻐﱵ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻮﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻛﻤﻠ 1) I will have perfected my English by the time I come back from the U.S. ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"willﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﺖ ﻟﻐﱵ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻮﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﻟﻦ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻛﻤﻠ 1) I (will not/won't) have perfected my English by the time I come back from the U.S. /٤-٣ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: ﺕ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺎ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ 1) I will have been waiting for two hours when her plane arrives ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"willﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﺕ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺎ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﻟﻦ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ 1) I (will not/won't) have been waiting for two hours when her plane arrives. /٤ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ: ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ.
1) He would go.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"wouldﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﻫﻮ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ.
1) He (would not/wouldn't) go.
ﺃﻧﺖ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺳﺘﺬﻫﺐ.
2) You were going to go.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"wereﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﺃﻧﺖ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺳﺘﺬﻫﺐ.
Omar AL-Hourani
2) You (were not/weren't) going to go.
١٧٤
www.expenglish.com
/٥ﻣﻊ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ :be ﻫﻮ ﺑﻄﻞ.
1) He is a hero.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ beﻫﻮ " ،"isﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ beﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﻼ. ﻫﻮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻄ ﹰ
1) He (is (is not/isn't not isn't) a hero.
ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ،ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ beﺃﺗﺖ ﻛﺄﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ "ﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ". /٦ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ: ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ canﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤـﺔ " "notﻓﻨﻜﺘـﺐ cannotﻭﻟـﻴﺲ can notﻭﻟﻼﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ .can't ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ.
1) I can go.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"canﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ.
1) I (cannot not/can't can't)) go.
ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ.
2) I should go.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"shouldﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."not ﻻ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ.
2) I (should should not/shouldn't )not shouldn't shouldn't) go.
ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ.
3) He has to travel to Portugal.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﻪ ،sﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ) does not (doesn'tﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ sﻣﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ. ﻻ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ. 3) He (does )(does not/doesn't not/doesn't) have to travel to Portugal.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٧٥
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺱ /ﺍﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ: ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ.
You have to travel to Portugal.
ﺃﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻗﻠﻤﹰﺎ.
You have a pen. pen.
ﺝ/ ﻟﺮﲟﺎ ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻝ: You (have )have not/ haven't haven't) to travel to Portugal You (have )have not/haven't not haven't) a pen.. ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻄﺄ. ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ :ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ haveﻫﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ" )ﻻﺣـﻆ ﻼ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ toﺑﻌﺪ " haveﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ"( ﻣﻌﲎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻻ ﲤﻠـﻚ ﻓﻌـ ﹰ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " "haveﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ) do not (don'tﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ. ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ :ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ haveﻫﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﳝﻠﻚ" ﻣﻌﲎ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " "haveﰲ ﺍﳌﺼـﺪﺭ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀـﻊ ) do not (don'tﺑﻌـﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻻ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ. ﻻ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ.
You (do do not/don't not don't)) to travel to Portugal.
ﺃﻧﺖ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻗﻠﻤﹰﺎ.
You (do do not/don't not don't)) have a pen.
ﺱ /ﺍﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ: ﻫﻮ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻗﻠﻤﹰﺎ.
He has a pen..
ﺝ/ ﻟﺮﲟﺎ ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻝ: )He (does not/doesn't not/doesn't has a pen. pen. ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " "hasﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﻪ " ،"sﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ) does not (doesn'tﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ "."have ﻫﻮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻗﻠﻤﹰﺎ.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
He (does does not/don't not don't)) have a pen.
١٧٦
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ:
- have + -s has
النفي في األمر: ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻨﻔﻲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ :ﻧﻀﻊ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ) Do not (Don'tﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ﰲﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ .ﻣﺜﻞ: ﻻ ﺗﻘﻠﻖ ، .ﻻ ﺗﻘﻠﻘﻲ ، .ﻻ ﺗﻘﻠﻘﺎ ، .ﻻ ﺗﻘﻠﻘﻮﺍ ،ﻻ ﺗﻘﻠﻘﻦ.
(Do Do not/Don't not Don't) worry.
ﻻ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ، .ﻻ ﺗﺄﻛﻠﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ، .ﻻ ﺗﺄﻛﻼ ﻫﺬﺍ ، .ﻻ ﺗﺄﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ.
(Do Do not/Don't not Don't) eat this.
ﻻ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻏﺒﻴﹰﺎ ، .ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﱐ ﻏﺒﻴﺔ ، .ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﺎ ﻏﺒﻴﺎﻥ ، .ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﻏﺒﻴﺎﺀ ،ﻻ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻏﺒﻴﺎﺕ. (Do Do not/Don't not Don't) be stupid. النفي بـ :never ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ neverﻟﻠﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ ،ﻭﳍﺎ ﻣﻌﲎ "ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ ،ﺇﻃﻼﻗﹰﺎ ،ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰﺎ ،ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ". ﻳﻮﺿﻊ neverﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ،ﻭﺇﻥ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ.ﺱ/ﺍﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ :never I will talk to you later. He teaches English. He can play basketball. ﺝ/ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻟﻦ ﺃﻛﻠﻤﻚ ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ.
I will never talk to you.
ﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ.
He never teaches English.
ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺔ ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
He can never play basketball.
١٧٧
www.expenglish.com english.com
:have no ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ "I have a pen" :ﻧﻜﺘـﺐ ،"I don't have a pen" :ﻭﻟﻜـﻦﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ: ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻗﻠﻤﹰﺎ.
I have no pen.
ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ.
He has no car.
ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ.
I have no idea.
Omar AL-Hourani
١٧٨
www.expenglish.com
Change these sentences to negative: 1) I like cheese. 2) We're married. 3) She has an old house. 4) He plays tennis on Saturdays. 5) I've already been to the bank. 6) I need some money. 7) I had lunch at 2 o'clock. 8) He's going to work. 9) I have a lot of cars. 10) I've already seen the tower of London. 11) He'll be having lunch at that time. 12) I had a shower at 4 o'clock. 13) We live in Madrid. 14) I've ever seen a snake. 15) He likes going to work. (use never)
www.expenglish.com
١٧٩
Omar AL-Hourani
www.expenglish.com
١٨٠
Omar AL-Hourani
مقدمة :Introduction ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﻟﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺴﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻟﻔﻬـﻢﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ. ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ: (١ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺑـ "ﻧﻌﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻻ" (٢ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﻄﻮﻝ. تكوين السؤال :Making Questions ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ /ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺑـ "ﻧﻌﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻻ": ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ " "Yesﺃﻭ " "Noﻭﻳﺼﺎﻏﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ:Yes, + Subject + Aux Verb No, + Subject + Aux Verb + not ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻪ "ﻧﻌﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻻ" ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ:ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ Auxiliary Verbﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ :beﻧﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻋﺪ ﺃﻭ (١ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﲢﻮﻱ ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ beﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ،ﻭﻧﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ،ﻣﻊ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ "?" ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. (٢ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻻ ﲢﻮﻱ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ Auxiliary Verbﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻓﻌـﺎﻝ :beﻧﻀـﻊ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ Doﺃﻭ Doesﺃﻭ :Did ﻧﻀﻊ :Doﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ،ﺃﻭ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ I , You , We , Theyﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ. ﻧﻀﻊ :Doesﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ،sﺃﻭ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ He , She , Itﺃﻭ ﺍﺳـﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ،ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ﺣﺮﻑ sﻣﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ. ﻧﻀﻊ :Didﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ،ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ "ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ".
Omar AL-Hourani
١٨١
www.expenglish.com
ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﺖ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ،beﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﻧﻄﺒـﻖ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ. ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ beﻫﻲ.am, is, are, was, were, been : ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺍ: /١-١ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ: ﻫﻮ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
1) He plays football.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﻪ ،sﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ Doesﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ﺣﺮﻑ sﻣـﻦ ﺁﺧـﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ. ﻫﻞ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ؟
?1) Does he play football 1) Yes, he does. OR No, he (does not/doesn't).
ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ.
2) You teach English.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ،ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ Doﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﻫﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ؟
?2) Do you teach English 1) Yes, I do. OR No, I (do not/don't).
/٢-١ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: ﻫﻮ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
1) He is playing football.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"isﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﻫﻞ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ؟
Omar AL-Hourani AL
?1) Is he playing football 1) Yes, he is. OR No, he (is not/isn't).
١٨٢
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ.
2) You are teaching English.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"areﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﻫﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ؟
?2) Are you teaching English 1) Yes, I am. OR No, I am not.
ﰲ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ،ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ beﺃﺗﺖ ﻛﺄﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ )ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟـﻞ ﺗﻜـﻮﻳﻦﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ "ﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ".
/٣-١ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ: ﻟﻘﺪ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
1) He has played football.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"hasﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﻫﻞ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ؟
?1) Has he played football 1) Yes, he has. OR No, he (has not/hasn't).
ﺖ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ. ﻟﻘﺪ ﺩﺭﺳ
2) You have taught English.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"haveﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﺖ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ؟ ﻫﻞ ﺩﺭﺳ
?2) Have you taught English 1) Yes, I have. OR No, I (have not/haven't).
/٤-١ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: ﻫﻮ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ. 1) He has been writing a letter for two hours. ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"hasﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﻫﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ؟ ?1) Has he been writing a letter for two hours 1) Yes, he has. OR No, he (has not/hasn't).
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٨٣
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺃﻧﺖ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ.
2) You have been having lunch.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " "haveﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﺖ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ؟ ﻫﻞ ﻛﻨ
?2) Have you been having lunch 1) Yes, I have. OR No, I (have not/haven't).
/١-٢ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ: ﻫﻮ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
1) He played football.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ،ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ Didﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ. ﻫﻞ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ؟
?1) Did he play football 1) Yes, he did. OR No, he (did not/didn't).
ﺖ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ. ﺃﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﺳ
2) You taught English.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ،ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ Didﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ. ﺖ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ؟ ﻫﻞ ﺩﺭﺳ
?2) Did you teach English 1) Yes, I did. OR No, I (did not/didn't).
/٢-٢ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ.
1) He was playing football.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"wasﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﻫﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ؟
?1) Was he playing football 1) Yes, he was. OR No, he (was not/wasn't).
ﺖ. ﺃﻧﺖ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺻﺮﺧ 2) You were watching the TV when she cried. ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"wereﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﺖ ﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺻﺮﺧﺖ؟ ﻫﻞ ﻛﻨ ?2) Were you watching the TV when she cried 1) Yes, I was. OR No, I (was not/wasn't). Omar AL-Hourani
١٨٤
www.expenglish.com
ﰲ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ،ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ beﺃﺗﺖ ﻛﺄﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ )ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺯﻣـﻦﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ "ﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ". /٣-٢ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ: ﻟﻘﺪ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳ ﹾﻜﺴﺮ ﺳﺎﻗﻪ. 1) He had played football before his leg was broken. ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"hadﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﻫﻞ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳ ﹾﻜﺴﺮ ﺳﺎﻗﻪ؟ ?1) Had he played football before his leg was broken 1) Yes, he had. OR No, he (had not/hadn't). /٤-٢ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: ﻫﻮ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﺘﲔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﺼﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ. 1) He had had been studying English for two years before he got the job. ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"hadﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﻫﻞ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﺘﲔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﺼﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ؟ ?1) Had he been studying English for two years before he got the job ?job 1) Yes, he had. OR No, he (had not/hadn't). /١-٣ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ: ﻫﻮ )ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ/ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ(.
1) He will go.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"willﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﻫﻞ )ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ/ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ(؟
Omar AL-Hourani AL
?1) Will he go 1) Yes, he will. OR No, he (will will not/won't). not won't).
١٨٥
www.expenglish.com english.com
/٢-٣ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: ﻫﻮ )ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ/ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ( ﻧﺎﺋﻤﹰﺎ.
1) He will be sleeping. sleeping.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"willﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﻫﻞ )ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ/ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ( ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺎﹰ؟
?1) Will he be sleeping ? sleep 1) Yes, he will. OR No, he (will will not/won't). not won't).
ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﺖ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﻓﻌﻞ ،beﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ. /٣-٣ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ: ﺖ ﻟﻐﱵ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻮﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻛﻤﻠ 1) I will have perfected my English by the time I come back from the U.S. ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"willﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﺖ ﻟﻐﱵ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻮﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ؟ ﻫﻞ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻛﻤﻠ 1) Will I have perfected my English by the time I come back from the U.S ?U.S 1) Yes, you will. OR No, you (will will not/won't). not won't). /٤-٣ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ: ﺕ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺎ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ 1) I will have been waiting for two hours when her plane arrives. arrives ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"willﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﺕ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﻞ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺎ؟ ﻫﻞ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ?1) Will I have been waiting for two hours when her plane arrives arrives 1) Yes, you will. OR No, you (will will not/won't). not won't).
Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٨٦
www.expenglish.com english.com
/٤ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ: ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ.
1) He would go.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"willﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﻫﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ؟
1) Would ?ould he go 1) Yes, he would. would OR No, he (would not/would not/ uldn't).
ﺃﻧﺖ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺳﺘﺬﻫﺐ.
2) You were going to go.
" ،"wereﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. " ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ ﻫﻞ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺳﺘﺬﻫﺐ؟
2) Were you ?you going to go 1) Yes, I was. OR No, I (was not/wasn't not/wasn't).
/٥ﻣﻊ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ :be ﻫﻮ ﺑﻄﻞ.
1) He is a hero.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ beﻫﻮ " ،"isﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﻫﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻄﻞ؟
?1) Is he a hero 1) Yes, he is. is OR No, he (is not/isn /isn't).
ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ،ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ beﺃﺗﺖ ﻛﺄﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ "ﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ". /٦ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ: ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ.
1) I can go.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"canﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﻫﻞ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ؟
Omar AL-Hourani AL
?1) Can I go 1) Yes, you can.. OR No, you (cannot/can (can /can't).
١٨٧
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ.
2) He should go.
،"shouldﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ "should 2) Should ?hould he go ﻫﻞ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ؟ 1) Yes, he should. should OR No, he (should should not/shouldn not/shouldn't). ﺱ /ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ: ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ.
You have to travel to Portugal.
ﺃﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻗﻠﻤﹰﺎ.
You have a pen. pen.
ﺝ/ ﻟﺮﲟﺎ ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻝ: ?Have you travel to Portugal Have you ?ou a pen ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻄﺄ. ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ :ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ haveﻫﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ" )ﻻﺣـﻆ ﻼ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ toﺑﻌﺪ " haveﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ"( ﻣﻌﲎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﻻ ﲤﻠـﻚ ﻓﻌـ ﹰ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " "haveﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ Doﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ :ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ haveﻫﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﳝﻠﻚ" ﻣﻌﲎ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " "haveﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ Doﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻻ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﻫﻞ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻐﺎﻝ؟
?Do you have to travel to Portugal
ﻫﻞ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻗﻠﻤﺎﹰ؟
Omar AL-Hourani AL
?Do you have a pen
١٨٨
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺱ /ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ: ﻫﻮ ﳝﻠﻚ ﻗﻠﻤﹰﺎ.
He has a pen..
ﺝ/ ﻟﺮﲟﺎ ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻝ: Does he has a pen. pen. ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " "hasﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﻪ " ،"sﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ Doesﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ "."have ﻫﻞ ﳝﻠﻚ ﻗﻠﻤﹰﺎ؟
?Does he have a pen pen
ﺣﻴﺚ:
- have + -s has ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ /ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﻄﻮﻝ:
ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨـﺎ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺸـﺮﺡ ﺿـﻤﺎﺋﺮﻭﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﻲ: ? :Whoﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻣﻦ؟". ? :Whomﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻣﻦ؟" ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣـﻞ ﳏﻠـﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ "?"Who ? :Whatﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻣﺎﺫﺍ؟" ﺃﻭ "ﻣﺎ؟". ? :Whichﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﲔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻭﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤـﺎﻻﺕ ﲟﻌـﲎ "ﺃﻱ؟". ? :Whereﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﲔ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺃﻳﻦ؟". ? :Whoseﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﳌﻦ؟". ? :Whenﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻌﲔ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻣﱴ؟". ? :Whyﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻌﲔ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟". ? :Howﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻛﻴﻒ؟" ﺃﻭ "ﻛﻢ؟". Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٨٩
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ:ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ Auxiliary Verbﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ :beﻧﻀﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ (١ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﲨﻠﺔ ﲢﻮﻱ ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ،ﻭﻧﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ beﻭﻧﻀﻌﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿـﻤﲑ ﺍﻻﺳـﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ، ﻭﻧﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ،ﻣﻊ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ "?" ﰲ ﺁﺧـﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ )ﻣﺎﻋـﺪﺍ ﻼ "ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺮﺣﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ"(. ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑﺍﻥ ? Whoﻭ ? Whichﻓﺈﻤﺎ ﳜﺎﻟﻔﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ (٢ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻻ ﲢﻮﻱ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ Auxiliary Verbﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻓﻌـﺎﻝ :beﻧﻀـﻊ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻭﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ doﺃﻭ doesﺃﻭ :did ﻧﻀﻊ :doﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ،ﺃﻭ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ I , You , We , Theyﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ. ﻧﻀﻊ :doesﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ،sﺃﻭ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ He , She , Itﺃﻭ ﺍﺳـﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ،ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ﺣﺮﻑ sﻣﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ. ﻧﻀﻊ :didﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ،ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ "ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ". ﰒ ﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ،ﻣﻊ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ "?" ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ.
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﺍﲰﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻼﺭﻙ" .ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ"
1) His name is Clark.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ beﻫﻮ " ،"isﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ " "Whatﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻧﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ beﻭﻧﻀﻌﻪ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﻫﻮ "."Clark ﻣﺎ ﺍﲰﻪ؟
?1) What is his name
ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﳉﻮﻥ" .ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﺑـ ﳌﻦ؟"
2) This pen is for John.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ beﻫﻮ " ،"isﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ " "Whoseﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻧﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ beﻭﻧﻀﻌﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﻫﻮ "."for John ﳌﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ؟
?2) Whose is this pen
ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ "ﳌﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ؟".
?2) Who is this pen for
ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﻳﻀﹰﺎ" .ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﺑـ ﻛﻴﻒ؟"
Omar AL-Hourani
3) He was sick.
١٩٠
www.expenglish.com
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ beﻫﻮ " "wasﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ " "Howﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻧﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ beﻭﻧﻀﻌﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﻫﻮ "."sick ﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ؟
?3) How was he
ﻟﻘﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ" .ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﺑـ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟"
4) He has gone.
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"hasﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ " "Whyﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻧﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﻧﻀﻌﻪ ﺑﻌـﺪ ﺿـﻤﲑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ. ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺫﻫﺐ؟
?4) Why has he gone
ﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﰲ ﺗﻜﺴﺎﺱ" .ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﺑـ ﺃﻳﻦ؟"
5) He lives in Texas.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﻪ ،sﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ " "Whereﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌـﺪﻩ ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ doesﻭﳓﺬﻑ sﻣﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﻫﻮ "."in Texas ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ؟
?5) Where does he live
ﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ" .ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﺑـ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟" ﻫﻲ ﻏﺎﺩﺭ
6) She left yesterday.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ،ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ " "Whyﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ did ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ. ﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ؟ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻏﺎﺩﺭ
?6) Why did she leave yesterday
ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ" .ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﺑـ ﻣﱴ؟"
7) He died yesterday.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ،ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ " "Whenﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ did ﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﻫﻮ "."yesterday ﻣﱴ ﻣﺎﺕ؟ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻴﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻏﺪ" .ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﺑـ ﻣﱴ؟"
?7) When did he die 8) He will leave the day after tomorrow.
ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﻮ " ،"willﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ " "Whenﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻧﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﻧﻀﻌﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿـﻤﲑ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﻫﻮ "."the day after tomorrow ﻣﱴ ﺳﻴﻐﺎﺩﺭ؟ Omar AL-Hourani
?8) When will he leave ١٩١
www.expenglish.com
ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺑـ ? :Whoﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ،ﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ،ﻭﻧﻀﻊ ﳏﻠﻪ "? "Whoﻓﻘﻂ ﻻﻏﲑ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ. ﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ" .ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ"
1) He travels everyday.
ﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ " "Heﻭﻧﻀﻊ ﳏﻠـﻪ "? ،"Whoﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺍﻟﺴـﺆﺍﻝ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ: ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ؟
?1) Who travels everyday
ﺟﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺎﺭﻙ" .ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎﺭﻙ"
2) John met Mark.
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ " :"Johnﳓﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﻫـﻮ " "Johnﻭﻧﻀـﻊ ﳏﻠـﻪ "? ،"Whoﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ: ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺎﺭﻙ؟
?2) Who met Mark
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ " :"Markﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀﻊ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ " "Whoﻭﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻧﻀﻊ didﻭﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ،ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ: ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺟﻮﻥ؟
?2) Who did John meet
ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ:
?2) Whom did John meet
ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺑـ ? :Whichﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ:ﺟﻮﻥ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﺗﻪ. ﺃﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺫﻫﺐ؟
1) John went by his car. ?1) Which car of his cars did he go
ﻫﻮ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﳌﺎﻧﻴﺔ. ﺃﻱ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ؟ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺪﺭﺳﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﻛﺴﻔﻮﺭﺩ. ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻳﺪﺭﺳﻮﻥ؟
Omar AL-Hourani
2) He speaks German. ?2) Which language does he speak 3) They study in Oxford University. ?3) Which university do they study
١٩٢
www.expenglish.com
السؤال المنفي: ﻣﺜﻞ:ﺃﻻ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ؟
?Don't you want to go
ﺑﻠﻰ ،ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ .ﺃﻭ ﻻ ،ﻻ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ.
Yes, I do. OR No, I (do not/don't).
ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻲ :ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﻄـﻊ " "n'tﻵﺧـﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ .ﻣﺜﻞ: ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ.
1) I (do not/don't) want to go.
ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ؟
?1) Why don't you want to go
ﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ.
2) She can go.
ﺃﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ؟
?2) Can't she go
ﻫﻮ ﺫﻛﻲ.
3) He is smart.
ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﺫﻛﻴﺎﹰ؟
?3) Isn't he smart
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﺎﻷﻣﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ: ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ؟
?1) Why do you not want to go
ﺃﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ؟
?2) Can she not go
ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﺫﻛﻴﺎﹰ؟
?3) Is he not smart
السؤال عن الكمية: -ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ:
many How + much + Noun + Aux Verb + Verb.1 + Object
ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ
ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ
Omar AL-Hourani
ﻓﻌﻞ
ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ
"ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ"
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ "ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ"
١٩٣
www.expenglish.com
ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ Nounﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ:ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ Howﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."many ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ Nounﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ:ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ Howﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."much ﻛﻢ ﺑﻴﻀﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺟﺔ؟
?1) How many eggs are in the refrigerator ?refrigerator
ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ " "eggsﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ Howﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."many ﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ؟
?2) How much money was on the table
ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ " "moneyﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ Howﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."much ﻛﻢ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ؟
?3) How many kilos of sugar do you want
ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ " "kilosﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ Howﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ "."many ﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ؟ ﻛﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺘﺒ ?4) How many letters have you written this week ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ " "lettersﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ Howﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ""many ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺻـﻴﻐﺔ How many , How muchﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ...ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ. ﺧﻄﺄ
?How much far did you go
ﺻﺢ )ﻛﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺸﻴﺖ؟(
?How far did you walk
السؤال غير المباشر :Indirect Question ﻣﺜﻞ" :ﻫﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺟﻮﻥ؟" ﺃﻭ "ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺍﲰﻚ ".ﺃﻭ "ﺃﻧﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ". ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ "ﻫﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ "...ﺃﻭ "ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺳـﺄﻟﻚ "...ﺃﻭ"ﺃﻧﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ،"...ﰒ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻩ ،ﰒ ﻧﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ،ﻭﻣﻊ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ "".ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ "?" ،ﻭﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ. Omar AL-Hourani AL
١٩٤
www.expenglish.com english.com
: ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ.ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ
1) I don't know where he lives.
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﲰﻪ
2) I can't remember what his name is.
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻚ ﻣﱴ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﻮﺑﻴﺲ
3) I'm asking you when the bus arrives.
.ﺕ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﹶﱂ ﻏﺎﺩﺭ
4) I have no any idea why she left.
ﻫﻞ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﲣﱪﱐ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ؟
5) Could you tell me where the office is?
:ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ 1) I don't know. Where does he live? 2) I can't remember. What is his name? 3) I'm asking. When does the bus arrive? 4) I have no any idea. Why did she leave? 5) Could you tell me? Where is the office? : ﻣﺜﺎﻝ.ﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔﻴ ﹶﻄﺒ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻪ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻓﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ "ﻫﻞ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ"؟
I asked him do you have have a car.
:ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ
I asked him. Do you have a car?
: ﺍﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ، ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔI have decided how much money do I need?
ﺧﻄﺄ
I have decided how much money I need. (ﺻﺢ )ﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﺮﺭﺕ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺘﺎﺝ ﺧﻄﺄ
I don't know is he coming?
(ﺻﺢ )ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻗﺎﺩﻡ
I don't know if he is coming.
www.expenglish.com english.com
١٩٥
Omar AL-Hourani AL
السؤال المذيل :Question tags ﺗﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟" .ﻣﺜﻞ:ﺃﻧﺖ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺍﳒﻠﻴﺰﻱ ،ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟
?You are an Englishman, aren't you
ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﺬﻳﻞ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ:ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ :ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ " ،",ﰒ ﻧﻀـﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ (١ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ "ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﻔﻴﺔ" ﻭﲢﻮﻱ ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ " "n'tﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ،ﰒ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. (٢ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﻴﺔ :ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻴﺔ " ،",ﰒ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠـﺔ ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ " "n'tﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ،ﰒ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﻼ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﹰﺍ :ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ " ،",ﰒ ﻧﻀﻊ don't (٣ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ "ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﻔﻴﺔ" ﻭﻻ ﲢﻮﻱ ﻓﻌ ﹰ ﺃﻭ doesn'tﺃﻭ ،didn'tﰒ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ. ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﳉﻤﻞ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ "ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﻔﻴﺔ":ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ،ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟
?1) He is from London, isn't he
ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ ،ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟
?2) You can swim, can't you
ﻫﻲ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻏﺪﺍﹰ ،ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟
?3) She will be here tomorrow, won't she
ﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﰲ ﻃﻮﻛﻴﻮ ،ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟
?4) She lives in Tokyo, doesn't she
ﺃﻧﺖ ﺃﺗﻴﺖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ،ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟
Omar AL-Hourani
?5) You came last week, didn't you
١٩٦
www.expenglish.com
: ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﳉﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟،ﺖ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻴﺴ
1) She isn't here, is she?
2) You weren't here, were you?
ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟،ﺃﻧﺖ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ
3) I haven't finished yet, have I?
ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟،ﺃﻧﺎ ﱂ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ
4) They don't go to the cinema, do they? ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟،ﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ
www.expenglish.com
١٩٧
Omar AL-Hourani
- Questions (1-11); write the question for these statements: 1) This is my book. (Whose?) 2) We found it in the street. (Where?) 3) I live in Madrid. (Where?) 4) Sarah is playing basketball. (What?) 5) She's broken her leg. (How?) 6) To work, about 20 minutes by car. (How long?) 7) Mary's gone home. (Why?) 8) I'd like strawberry, please. (What flavor ice-cream…?) 9) We met him yesterday. (When?) 10) I'll stay at home and read a book, or go to the cinema. (What…rains this weekend?) 11) I'd buy a big house in the country. (What…the lottery?) - Questions (12-23); select the ONE lettered answer that is BEST in each question: 12) Choose the correct sentence: A. There's a fly in your soup, is there? B. There's a fly in your soup, isn't it? C. There's a fly in your soup, isn't there? D. None of all above. 13) Choose the correct sentence: A. I think he's from India, doesn't he? B. I think he's from India, don't I? C. I think he's from India, isn't he? D. None of all above. 14) Choose the correct sentence: A. Let's go swimming, aren't we? B. Let's go swimming, isn't it? C. Let's go swimming, shall we? D. None of all above. 15) Choose the correct sentence: A. Pass me the salt, aren't I? B. Pass me the salt, aren't you? C. Pass me the salt, won't you? D. None of all above. www.expenglish.com
١٩٨
Omar AL-Hourani
16) Choose the correct sentence: A. We had better leave, hadn't we? B. We had better leave, haven't we? C. We had better leave, weren't we? D. None of all above. 17) York is in England, …… A. is it? B. isn't it? 18) They've finished their homework, …… A. have they? B. haven't they? 19) Let's go out for a walk, …… A. let we? B. shall we? 20) Open the window, …… A. don't you? B. will you? 21) __________, can't he? A. He can write B. He can't sing C. She can't read 22) __________, don't they? A. We often talk to our neighbors B. They don't often talk to our neighbors C. They often talk to our neighbors 23) __________, aren't they? A. Pat and John are from Mexico B. Pat and John aren't from Mexico C. Pat is from Mexico - Questions (24-30); put the correct question tag: 24) Barbara could have helped you, ……? 25) He has a car, ……? 26) Angela has ordered pizza, ……? 27) Your friends enjoy swimming, ……? 28) They didn't go to Vienna last week, ……? 29) Mark got up at sever, ……? 30) Susan will be 14 next week, ……? www.expenglish.com
١٩٩
Omar AL-Hourani
www.expenglish.com
٢٠٠
Omar AL-Hourani
مقدمة :Introduction −ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻓﻬﻮ ﳚﻤﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ،ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺎﰲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ .ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻫﺠﺎﺋﻴﹰﺎ: قواعد الظروف )األحوال( :Adverbs ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ. ﲢﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺇﱃ: (١ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ :Timeﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ .ﻣﺜﻞ: ,ﺁﻧﺬﺍﻙ , thenﺍﻵﻥ , nowﺍﻟﻐﺪ , tomorrowﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ , todayﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ yesterday … ,ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ , afterwardﻣﺆﺧﺮﹰﺍ , recentlyﻗﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ soon (٢ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ :Placeﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ .ﻣﺜﻞ: ,ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ , thereﻫﻨﺎ , hereﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ , onﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ , inﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ , acrossﺍﳋﻠﻒ back … ,ﻓﻮﻕ above (٣ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ :Mannerﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ .ﻣﺜﻞ: ,ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ , fastﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﻌﺐ , hardﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﻲﺀ , badlyﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ well … ,ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ , quicklyﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻄﻲﺀ slowly (٤ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ :Frequencyﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ .ﻣﺜﻞ: ,ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ , sometimesﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ , neverﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ , alwaysﻧﺎﺩﺭﹰﺍ , rarelyﻋﻤﻮﻣﹰﺎ generally … ,ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ often (٤ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ :Degreeﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ .ﻣﺜﻞ: … ,ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ , soﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ , tooﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ , quiteﺣﻘﹰﺎ , reallyﻛﺜﲑ , muchﺟﺪﹰﺍ very (٥ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ :Interrogativeﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ .ﻣﺜﻞ: … ,ﳌﺎﺫﺍ , whyﻛﻴﻒ , howﺃﻳﻦ , whereﻣﱴ , whenﻣﺎﺫﺍ what (٦ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ :Linkingﻣﺜﻞ: … ,ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ , neverthelessﻟﺬﻟﻚ , thereforeﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ , firstlyﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ however Omar AL-Hourani
٢٠١
www.expenglish.com
: ﻣﺜﻞ:Comment & Attitude ( ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻒ٧ actually ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ, perhaps ﺭﲟﺎ, maybe ﺭﲟﺎ, surely ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺭﻳﺐ, oddly ﻋﻠﻰ ﳓﻮ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ, wisely ﲝﻜﻤﺔ, … : ﻣﺜﻞ:Adding & Limiting ( ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﳊﺪ٨ also ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ, else ﺁﺧﺮ, too ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ, only ﻓﻘﻂ, neither ﻭﻻ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ, … : ﻣﺜﻞ:Viewpoint ( ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ٩ mentally ﻋﻘﻠﻴﹰﺎ, morally ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻴﹰﺎ, officially ﺭﲰﻴﹰﺎ, strictly ﺑﺼﺮﺍﻣﺔ, … : ﻣﺜﻞ:Length of Time ( ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ١٠ long ﻃﻮﺍﻝ, always ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ, never ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ, just ﻓﻘﻂ, … : ﻣﺜﻞ." ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ-ly" ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊManner ﻳﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏslow ﺑﻄﻲﺀslowly ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻄﻲﺀ bad ﺳﻲﺀbadly ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻲﺀ :" ﳚﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ-ly" ly" ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ.noisy noisily : ﻣﺜﻞ."i" " ﻧﺒﺪﻟﻪ ﺇﱃy" " ( ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﲝﺮﻑ١ .full fully : ﻣﺜﻞ." ﻓﻨﺤﺬﻑ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎll" " ( ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﲝﺮﻑ٢ " ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ ﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡbrotherly" " ﻣﺜﻞ-ly" " ( ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻍ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ ﺑـ٣ ."in a brotherly manner" : ﻣﺜﻞ.ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ .ﺎ ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳕﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻓﻬﺎ( ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺻﻔﺎ٤ It's a fast train.
ﺻﻔﺔ
It goes very fast.
ﻇﺮﻑ : ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ-
Our new neighbor greeted us politely. politely. (manner) How long have you lived here?? (place) We arrived yesterday. yesterday. (time) After that we met her quite frequently. (frequency) However, we learned very little about her. (linking) However, I hope you will be really happy. (degree) www.expenglish.com english.com
٢٠٢
Omar AL-Hourani AL
)Strangely, she never talked about herself. (comment & attitude )She talked only about us and the weather. (adding & limiting )Personally, I found that annoying. (viewpoint )Have you ever met anyone like that? (length of time ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ " beﻭﺃﺧﻮﺍـﺎ" ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ " Linking Verbsﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ" .ﺍﻧﻈـﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ: ﺧﻄﺄ
He has run good.
ﺻﺢ )ﻟﻘﺪ ﺟﺮﻯ ﺟﻴﺪﹰﺍ(
He has run well.
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ " "goodﺻﻔﺔ ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﻮ " "runﻭﻫﻮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ beﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻧﻀـﻊ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻭﻇﺮﻑ goodﻫﻮ "."well ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻞ ﳏﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺣﱴ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ beﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ.ﳝﻜﻦ
He is well.
ﻳﻔﻀﻞ
He is good.
ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ :ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻫﻢ: (١ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ )ﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ(: ﺃ -ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ. ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺟﻮﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﻣﺒﻜﺮﹰﺍ.
Occasionally John wakes up early.
(٢ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ )ﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ(: ﺃ -ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ )ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ(. ﺟﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﻣﺒﻜﺮﹰﺍ.
John has occasionally waked up early.
ﺏ -ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ) beﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ .(be ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﹰﺎ.
John is occasionally asleep.
ﺟـ -ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ )ﺇﻥ ﱂ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ .(be ﺟﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﻣﺒﻜﺮﹰﺍ.
John occasionally wakes up early.
(٣ﰲ ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ: ﺟﻮﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﻣﺒﻜﺮﹰﺍ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ.
Omar AL-Hourani
John wakes up occasionally.
٢٠٣
www.expenglish.com
-ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺷﺎﺋﻊ .ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ:
ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ
ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ
ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ Manner
ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ Place
ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ Time
ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ Degree
ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ Frequency
ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ Linking
ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻒ Comment & Attitude
ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﳊﺪ Adding or Limiting
ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ Viewpoint
ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ Length of time
ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ
ﻻ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ "."toﺧﻄﺄ
Go to there.
ﺻﺢ
Go there.
:all −ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺼﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﲨﻴﻊ ،ﻛﻞ ."...ﻭﻟﻪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺻﻴﻎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ: (١ﺍﺳﻢ :all + of + ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ.
:ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ all of the book.ﺍﺳﻢ
ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ.
:ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ all of the books.ﺍﺳﻢ
ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ.
:ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ all of the oil.ﺍﺳﻢ
ﲨﻴﻌﻬﻢ. Omar AL-Hourani AL
all of them.ﺿﻤﲑ :ﺿﻤﲑ ٢٠٤
www.expenglish.com english.com
:all + ( ﺍﺳﻢ٢ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ: all the book. ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ: all the books. ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ: all the oil. : ﺿﻤﲑ+ all (٣ .ﲨﻴﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺘﻌﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ
We all enjoyed the play.
.ﲨﻴﻌﻜﻢ ﺃﺫﻛﻴﺎﺀ
You all are smart.
:( ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﻀﻤﲑ٤ Would you like to buy anything else?
ﻫﻞ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ؟
No, thank you. That's all.
. ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ. ﺷﻜﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﻚ،ﻻ
:although : ﻣﺜﺎﻝ." ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ، ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﺤﺮﻑ ﻋﻄﻒ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ− .ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺭﺧﻴﺺ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺮ Although this computer is cheap, it is one of the best machines on the market. :another & other ." ﻳﺄﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﺼﻔﺔ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺁﺧﺮanother = an + other ﺃﻣﺎ، ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪother ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥother ﻭanother ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ. ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓanother I don't like this one. Show me another things.
ﺧﻄﺄ
I don't like this one. Show me another thing.
ﺻﺢ
I don't like this one. Show me other things.
ﺻﺢ .ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻗﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻯ
I will read the other books. www.expenglish.com
٢٠٥
Omar AL-Hourani
ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻛﻠﺒﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ )ﻛﻠﺒﹰﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ/ﻭﺍﺣﺪﹰﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ(. )They have two dogs, and now they want another (dog/one :any & some ﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ "ﺑﻌﺾ."... ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ anyﻭ someﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ anyﻳﺄﰐ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ( ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ،ﺃﻣـﺎ someﻓﻴﺄﰐ ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺾ.
I want some eggs.
ﻫﻞ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺾ؟
?Do you want any eggs
ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺾ.
I don't want any eggs.
:as ﻟﻪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ: (١ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ "ﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ". (٢ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﺤﺮﻑ ﻋﻄﻒ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ،ﻣﺜﻞ ،ﻛـ". ﺇﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺎ ﺳﺘﻤﻄﺮ.
It looks as if it's going to rain.
ﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻴﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﺜﻠﻲ.
He works well as me.
(٣ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﺤﺮﻑ ﻋﻄﻒ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ،ﻷﻥ ."Because )ﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ/ﻷﻥ( ﻟﻴﻨﺪﺍ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﺳﻨﺎﹰ ،ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ. (As/Because) Linda is the eldest, she has to look after the other children. :because/because of becauseﻫﻮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻋﻄﻒ ،ﺃﻣﺎ because ofﻓﻬﻮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺟﺮ. ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ becauseﻭ because ofﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﺎ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻷﻥ ،ﺑﺴﺒﺐ". ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ becauseﻭ because ofﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ becauseﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﲨﻠﺔ ،ﺃﻣﺎ because ofﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﲑ. Omar AL-Hourani
٢٠٦
www.expenglish.com
.ﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﲤﻄﺮﱂ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺲ ﻷ We couldn't play tennis because it was raining. .ﱂ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺲ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ We couldn't play tennis (because of/due to) the rain. :both ." ﻛﻠﺘﺎ، ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻀﻤﲑ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺜﲎ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻛﻼ. ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺜﲎboth ﻭﻟﻜﻦall ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﻣﻌﲎ: ﻳﺄﰐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:Both … and ( ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﺤﺮﻑ ﻋﻄﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ١ ...ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﻪ ﻭﺃﺑﻴﻪ
Both his mother and father…
:Both + of + ( ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ٢ .ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺒﲔ
Both of the players.
(and ﺧﻄﺄ )ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ
Both of his mother and father…
:Both + ( ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊ٣ .ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﺒﲔ
Both (the) players.
.( ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ٤ .ﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺫﻭﻕ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ
They both have similar tastes.
: ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﲨﻊ+ both (٥ .ﻦﻦ ﳑﺘﺎﺯﻳﻴﺃﺑﻮﻩ ﻭﺃﻣﻪ ﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻃﺎﻫﻴﻴ His father and mother were both excellent cooks. :( ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﻀﻤﲑ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ٦ . ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﲏ ﺳﺄﺷﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﲔ.ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ ﺃﺭﺧﺺ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺫﳌﻚ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ ﺟﺬﺍﺏ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ This dress is cheaper, but that one is more attractive. I think I'll buy (both/both of them).
www.expenglish.com
٢٠٧
Omar AL-Hourani
:Concert & Abstract Nouns . ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻛﺴﺎﻥAbstract Nouns ﻭConcert Nouns : ﻣﺜﻞ."ﻠﻤﺲ "ﺃﻱ ﳍﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲﺮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺗ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗ:Concert Nouns People: baby , woman , doctor, … Things: wheel , knife , key , chair, … Animals: horse , rabbit , snake , fish, … Places: island , city , mountain , river, … Substances: iron , flesh , skin , glass, … Liquids: water , rain , milk, … Gases: gas , air , steam , oxygen, … : ﻣﺜﻞ."ﻠﻤﺲ "ﺃﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻲﺮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺗ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗ:Abstract Nouns love ﺣﺐ, knowledge ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻑ, answer ﺟﻮﺍﺏ, start ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ, education ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ, information ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ, power ﻃﺎﻗﺔ, history ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ, advice ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺔ, space ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ, time ﻭﻗﺖ, anger ﻏﻀﺐ, help ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ, research ﲝﺚ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ, … .Gases ﻭLiquids ﻭSubstance ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ ﺃﲰﺎﺀConcert Nouns : ﻣﺜﻞ. ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔAbstract Nouns deed deeds , difficulty difficulties , accident accidents , example examples , fact facts , visit visits , cause causes , event events , process processes , poem poems , month months , …
www.expenglish.com
٢٠٨
Omar AL-Hourani
الجمل الشرطية Conditional Clauses ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ /ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ :Present Condition ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ:ﲨﻠﺔ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ … … ,ﲨﻠﺔ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ … If +
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺁﻛﻞ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﲰﻴﻨﹰﺎ" .ﻋﺎﺩﺓ"
If I eat too much, I get fat.
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻓﺮﻑ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﲪﺮﹰﺍ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻋﺎﺩ ﹰﺓ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﳋﻄﺮ" .ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ" If somebody waves a red flag, it usually means danger. ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ: When I eat too much, I get fat. When somebody waves a red flag, it usually means danger. ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ: ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ،ﲤﻌﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﲔ. ﺛﺎﻧﻴﹰﺎ /ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ :First Condition ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ:ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ … … ,ﲨﻠﺔ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ … If +
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻵﻳﺲ ﻛﺮﱘ ،ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺘﻮﻋﻚ. ﻟﻮ ﺃﻛﻠ If she eats all that ice cream, (she will/she'll) feel terrible.
Omar AL-Hourani
٢٠٩
www.expenglish.com
ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ ،ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻗﺮﺿﻚ. If I have enough money, (I will/I'll) lend you. ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ: ﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻵﻳﺲ ﻛﺮﱘ. ﻫﻲ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺘﻮﻋﻚ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻛﻠ (She will/She'll) feel terrible if she eats all that ice cream. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻗﺮﺿﻚ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ. (I will/I'll) lend you if I have enough money. ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ: ﻼ ﺇﺫﺍ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ،ﲤﻌﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺘﲔ. ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﳏﺘﻤﻞ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒ ﹰ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﹰﺎ /ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ :Second Condition ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ unreal presentﻭ " unreal futureﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﻻﺣﻘﹰﺎ". ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ: … , …WOULDﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ … If +
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﺕ ﻭﺯﻧﻚ. ﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻟﻮ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﻛﺜﲑﺍﹰ ،ﻟﻜﻨ If you didn't eat so much, (you would/you'd) lose your weight. ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ: ﺖ ﺳﺘﻔﻘﺪ ﻭﺯﻧﻚ ﻟﻮ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ. ﻛﻨ (You would/You'd) lose your weight if you didn't eat so much. ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ: ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﱄ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﺭﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ.
Omar AL-Hourani
٢١٠
www.expenglish.com
ﺖ ﻏﻨﻴﹰﺎ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ. ﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺻﺒﺤ ﺖ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ ﲜﺪ ،ﻟﻜﻨ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨ
If I worked hard, I'd be so rich. rich
ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﲜﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ "ﻋﻤﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ" ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻏﻨﻴﹰﺎ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ. ﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ. ﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺫﻫﺒ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ،ﻟﻜﻨ If I had a car, I'd go to work easily. ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ "ﻋﻤﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ" ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ. ﻟﻮ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻋﺎﺭﱐ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﻏﺪﺍﹰ ،ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ. If he lent me his bicycle tomorrow, I'd go home easily easily. ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻌﲑﱐ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﻏﺪﹰﺍ "ﻋﻤﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ" ﻷﻧﻪ ﳜﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ. −ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺿـﻊ wereﻋﻮﺿـﹰﺎ ﻋـﻦ wasﺣـﱴ ﻭﻟـﻮ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺃﻭ Heﺃﻭ Sheﺃﻭ .It ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻮﺭﹰﺍ. ﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺼﻠ ﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ،ﻟﻜﻨ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨ If I were you, (I would/I'd) get a job immediately. ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳏﻠﻪ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ. ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ) :ﻳﺴﺘﺜﲎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ (it)ﻧﺎﺩﺭ( He would He'd , She would She'd , It would It'd You would You'd , They would They'd , We would We'd , I would I'd ﺭﺍﺑﻌﹰﺎ /ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ :Third Condition ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ unreal pastﺃﻭ " imaginary pastﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﻻﺣﻘﹰﺎ". ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ: … , …WOULD HAVEﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺗﺎﻡ … If +
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٢١١
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺃﻣــﺜــﻠــﺔ ﻟﻮ ﺩﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﲜﺪ ،ﻟﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻗﺪ ﳒﺤﻮﺍ. If (they had/they'd) studied hard, they would have succeeded. ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ: ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺳﻴﻨﺠﺤﻮﻥ ﻟﻮ ﺩﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﲜﺪ. They would have succeeded if (they had/they'd) studied hard. ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ: ﲣﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ .ﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﱄ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ ،ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﳛﻠﻢ ﲟﺎﺿﻲ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ،ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ. ﻳﺎﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﺴﻜﲔ! ﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﺩ ﲝﺬﺭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ،ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹸﺻﻴﺐ. Poor man! If he had driven more carefully, he wouldn't have been injured. ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻘﺪ ﲝﺬﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ "ﻋﻤﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ" ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹸﺻﻴﺐ. ﻟﻮ ﱂ ﻳﻜﺘﺸﻒ ﻛﺮﻳﺴﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻛﻮﻟﻮﻣﺒﺲ ﺃﻣﲑﻛﺎ ،ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﹰﺎ ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ. If Christopher Columbus hadn't discovered America, the history of the world would have been quite different. ﲣﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﲤﺎﻣﺎﹰ ،ﻓﻠﻘﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﻒ ﺃﻣﲑﻛﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ "ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﱄ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ". ﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ. ﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌ ﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ،ﳌﺎ ﻛﻨ ﻟﻮ ﻋﺸ If you'd lived in the 19th century, you wouldn't have driven a car. ﲣﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ،ﻷﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻌﺶ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ "ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﱄ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ".
Omar AL-Hourani
٢١٢
www.expenglish.com
ﺧﺎﻣﺴﹰﺎ /ﲨﻠﺔ ﺷﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ: ﲨﻠﺔ ﺃﻣﺮ … … ,ﲨﻠﺔ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ … If + ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺟﺎﺋﻊ ،ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ.
If you are hungry, have lunch.
ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ … … ,ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ … If + ﺇﺫﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ،ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔIf he won't agree, there will be a problem. . ﲨﻠﺔ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ … … ,ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ … If + ﺕ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ،ﺃﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﺩ
If I wanted something, I always get it.
:each −ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ " ﹸﻛ ﹾﻞ ."...ﻣﺜﺎﻝ: ﻛﻞ ﻓﺘﺎﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ.
Each girl in the class has homework.
ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻑ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻮﻥ .ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻑ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻮﻥ. Each of these rooms has a telephone. ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ " "hasﻋﻮﺿﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ " "haveﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ roomsﲨـﻊ ﻷﻥ Each of these roomsﺗﻌﲏ "ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻑ" ،ﻭ"ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ" ﺗﻌﲏ ﻛﻞ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ. ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ،ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﹸﺃ ﻋ ﻄ ﻲ ﻟﻪ ﻫﺪﻳﺔ. When the children entered, (each each was given a present present/each /each of the children was given a present). …Each rooms ﺧﻄﺄ )ﻷﻧﻪ ﲨﻊ( ﺻﺢ
…Each of rooms
ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ " "each otherﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ ،ﺑﻌﻀـ".ﻫﻞ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻜﻤﺎ؟ ?Do you and John know each other other ﻧﻌﻢ ،ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ. Yes, we've talked to each other before. Omar AL-Hourani AL
٢١٣
www.expenglish.com english.com
:else & also ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ alsoﻛﻈﺮﻑ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ".ﻫﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺗﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺲ.
She also plays tennis.
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ elseﻛﻈﺮﻑ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺁﺧﺮ" .ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺒﻘﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ orﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ"ﻭﺇﻻ ."otherwise ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﺍﹰ ،ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ. I am very busy, there is someone else help you. ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻫﻢ ﺳﻴﻤﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻚ. You should leave it, (or else/otherwise) they will catch you. :even ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﺤﺎﻝ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺣﱴ" ،ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ifﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﺎ ﱂ ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﻪ ﺣﱴ.
I haven't even started it.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﻟﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺘﲏ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﻻﺭ. I wouldn't sell this house even if you gave me a million dollars. :ever −ﻫﻮ ﻇﺮﻑ. ever −ﻋﻜﺲ .never −ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ "ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ "at any timeﺃﻭ "ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗـﺖ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗـﻚ at any time in your ."life −ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ everﻣﻊ ﲨﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ .ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ: ﻫﻞ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺛﻌﺒﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ؟ )ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ :ﻫﻞ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺛﻌﺒﺎﻥ؟( ?Did you ever see a snake ﱂ ﺃﺭﻯ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﰐ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﻌﺔ. I haven't ever seen such wonderful paintings. Omar AL-Hourani
٢١٤
www.expenglish.com
ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ everﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ .ﻣﺜﺎﻝ:ﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ؟ )ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ :ﻫﻞ ﺯﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ؟( ﻫﻞ ﺯﺭ ?Have you ever visited Paris Paris ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﰐ. This is the best book I have ever seen. :every −ﻟﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﻌﲎ .each −ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺼﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﲟﻌﲎ " ﹸﻛ ﹾﻞ ."...ﻣﺜﺎﻝ: ﻛﻞ ﻓﺘﺎﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ.
Every girl in the class has homework.
−ﻳﺄﰐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ: (١ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ :every + ﻛﻞ ﻭﻟﺪ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ.
Every boy has to have a pen.
ﻛﻞ ﻃﻔﻞ ﻳﻨﻤﻮ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻠﻴﺐ.
Every growing child needs milk.
ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻫﻲ boyﻭ childﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ.:every + one (٢ ﻗﻄﺘﻨﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﲬﺲ ﻫﺮﺭﺓ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ،ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻴﻀﹰﺎ. Our cat had five kittens, and every one of them was white. ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ :every , each everyﻭ eachﳍﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻫـﻮ ﺃﻥ everyﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺜﲎ " "twoﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ .each ﺧﻄﺄ )ﻛﻠﻤﺔ parentsﻣﺜﲎ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﻡ(
…Every one of my parents
ﺻﺢ
(Each )Each/Both …/Both) of my parents
ﺧﻄﺄ
He was carrying a suitcase in every hand. hand.
ﺻﺢ
He was carrying a suitcase in each hand. hand.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٢١٥
www.expenglish.com english.com
:get ﻫﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻥ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ: (١ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ get + noun phraseﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﳛﺼﻞ ."obtain ﻫﻮ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻪ.
He got the car from his friend.
(٢ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ get + adjectiveﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ."become ﺃﻧﺖ ﺳﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﲰﻴﻨﹰﺎ.
You will get fat.
(٣ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ get + placeﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻳﺼﻞ ."arrive ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ،ﺳﺄﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻚ.
When I get home, I will phone you.
(٤ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ get + noun + nounﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﳚﻠﺐ ."fetch ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﺟﻠﺐ ﻟﻚ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺗﺄﻛﻠﻪ.
I will get you something to eat it.
(٥ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ get + noun + adverbﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ."take ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺁﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ.
I have to get some money.
(٦ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ get + noun + to + Verb.1ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺃﻥ ﲡﻌﻞ ﺷﺨﺼﹰﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻣﺎ ."make someone do something ﻫﻢ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻮﱐ ﺃﺳﺠﻞ.
They tried to get me to sign.
−ﻭﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ getﻣﻌﺎ ﻥ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ: :get to (١ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ، ...ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ. ﺩﻋﻪ ﻣﻌﻲ ،ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻻﺣﻘﹰﺎ.
Leave it with me; I’ll get to it later.
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺅﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ،ﻟﻦ ﻧﻮﻗﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ. When they get to arguing, we’ll never stop them. :get out (٢ﳜﺮﺝ ،ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ. :get up (٣ﻳﻨﻬﺾ ،ﻳﻘﻒ. ﻭﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﻭﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ "®"Microsoft Encarta
Omar AL-Hourani
٢١٦
www.expenglish.com
:here & there ﺳﺒﻖ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ. here & thereﳘﺎ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻇﺮﻓﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ. hereﻳﺄﰐ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻫﻨﺎ". thereﻳﺄﰐ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ،ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ". ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﻲ here , thereﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ .beﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻗﻄﻂ" .ﻫﻨﺎ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ"
There are cats.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻗﺎﺑﻠﻚ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ" .ﻫﻨﺎ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ"
I'll meet you there.
ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻗﺒﻞ hereﻭ thereﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ .in , up , down , overﺇﻧﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ.
It is (in) here.
ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺬﺭﹰﺍ ﻫﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ.
You must be careful (up) here.
:home ﺍﻻﺳﻢ homeﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻣﻮﻃﻦ ،ﻣﻨﺰﻝ" ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻴﺰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﻘﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺟﺮﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ " ،"from , atﻭﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﻘﻪ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ. ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ.
Go home.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ.
I am at home.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺫﺍﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ.
I am going to home.
ﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﻏﺎﺩﺭ
I left the home.
أشكال :-ing forms ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ " "-ingﻟﻠﻔﻌﻞ: (١ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ "ﺳﺒﻖ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ". ﻫﻮ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺲ.
He is playing tennis.
ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ١٢٠ﻣﻴﻞ/ﺳﺎﻋﺔ. Omar AL-Hourani
She was driving at 120mph. ٢١٧
www.expenglish.com
(٢ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ "ﺳﺒﻖ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ". ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ.
I have been working since 7:00.
(٣ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﳍﺎ " "-ingﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﲰﹰﺎ. ﻃﺒﺦ cookingﻳﻄﺒﺦ , cookﺳﺒﺎﺣﺔ swimmingﻳﺴﺒﺢ swim ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﱵ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ.
Swimming is my favorite sport.
(٤ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﳍﺎ " "-ingﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺻﻔﺔ. ﻓﺎﺗﻦ fascinatingﻳﻔﱳ , fascinateﻣﻀﺠﺮ boringﻳﻀﺠﺮ bore (٥ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺲ ) (see , hear , feel , watch , smell , noticeﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ. ﳓﻦ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ" .ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ"
We saw them leaving the house.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺷﻢ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﻖ" .ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ"
I could smell the burning.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﲰﻊ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺁﺗﻴﹰﺎ" .ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ"
I can hear someone coming.
:instead/instead of insteadﻫﻮ ﻇﺮﻑ ،ﺃﻣﺎ instead ofﻓﻬﻮ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺟﺮ. ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ insteadﻭ instead ofﲟﻌﲎ "ﻋﻮﺿﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ،ﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ."in place of ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ insteadﻭ instead ofﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ insteadﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﲨﻠﺔ ،ﺃﻣﺎ instead ofﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﲑ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺁﺳﻒ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻚ ﻛﻮﺑﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻱ .ﻫﻞ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻮﺑﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ ﻋﻮﺿﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ؟ I'm sorry I can't give you a cup of tea. Would you like a cup of coffee ?instead ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﰐ ﰲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﺦ ﻋﻮﺿﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻠﻮﺳﻚ ﻫﻨﺎ. You can help me to clean the kitchen instead of sitting here.
Omar AL-Hourani
٢١٨
www.expenglish.com
:let ﻫﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻳﺪﻉ" ،ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ .Let + Object + Verb.1ﺩﻋﻪ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ.
Let him talk.
ﺩﻋﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﻤﺸﻰ.
(Let Let us/Let )Let's 's) walk.
-ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ Let usﺇﱃ .Let's
:like ﻟﻪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ: (١ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﻔﻌﻞ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ،ﳛﺐ ،ﻳﺮﻭﻕ ،ﳝﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ."... ﺃﻧﺎ )ﺃﺣﺐ/ﺃﻓﻀﻞ( ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻃﺲ.
I like potato.
(٢ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ would + likeﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻳﺮﻳﺪ "wantﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻬﺬﺏ ،ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ. ﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻓﻨﺠﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻮﺓ" .ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻬﺬﺏ"
He would like a coffee.
ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ؟ "ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻬﺬﺏ"
?What would you like to do
ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ " "coffeeﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ "ﻓﻨﺠﺎﻥ ﻗﻬﻮﺓ" ﻭﻟﻴﺲ "ﻗﻬـﻮﺓ" .ﺭﺍﺟـﻊﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ. (٣ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﺤﺮﻑ ﺟﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻳﺸﺒﻪ ،ﻣﺜﻞ ،ﻛـ" .ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﲔ as؟ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ: ﺃﻣﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
My mother works like a slave.
ﺃﻣﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ.
My mother works as a teacher.
ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺃﻣﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺼﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﺎﺭﻳﺔ ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻣﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ. ﻭﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ likeﻻ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻗﺒﻞ ifﺇﻻ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٢١٩
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﺇﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺎ ﺳﺘﻤﻄﺮ" .ﻧﺎﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ"
It looks like if it's going to rain.
ﺇﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺎ ﺳﺘﻤﻄﺮ" .ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ"
It looks as if it's going to rain.
:maybe −ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﻈﺮﻑ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺭﲟﺎ ،"perhapsﻭﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﹰﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ .may −ﻣﻮﻗﻊ maybeﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ :ﻳﺄﰐ maybeﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ .may −ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ maybeﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻋﻮﺿﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ .mayﻭﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ: He may be coming. ﻫﻮ ﺭﲟﺎ ﺁﰐ. Maybe he is coming. You may be a doctor. ﺃﻧﺖ ﺭﲟﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﺒﹰﺎ. Maybe you are a doctor. They may have gone to shop. ﻫﻢ ﺭﲟﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ. Maybe they went to shop. −ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ maybeﻋﻮﺿﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ .mayﻣﺜﻞ: ﻫﻮ ﺭﲟﺎ ﺳﻴﺬﻫﺐ.
Maybe he will go.
ﺧﻄﺄ )ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺁﺧﺮ(
He may will go.
:neither ﻳﺴﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﺜﲎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ. −ﻳﺄﰐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ: (١ﲨﻊ .neither + of + ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺣﺐ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ.
I like neither of them.
(٢ﻣﻔﺮﺩ .neither + ﻭﻻ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﺘﲔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ .ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻷﻟﺘﲔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ.
Neither machine works.
+ Noun Phrase (٣ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ neither +ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ."too ﻫﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺧﺎﻫﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ. She can't play today, and neither can her brother. Omar AL-Hourani
٢٢٠
www.expenglish.com
ﺃﻧﺖ ﻟﻦ ﲡﺪﻩ ﺣﺎﺭﺍﹰ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻟﻦ ﲡﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﹰﺍ. You won't find it hot, but neither will you be freezing cold. neither … nor (٤ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻻ ...ﻭﻻ ."... ﻻ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﻻ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺦ.
Neither my boss nor his wife can cook.
(٥ﻛﻀﻤﲑ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ. ﺃﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺑﲔ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻚ؟
?Which of these two clothes is yours
ﻭﻻ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ.
!)Neither (of them
:never ﺳﺒﻖ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ. ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻈﺮﻑ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﲟﻌﲎ " ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ ،ﺇﻃﻼﻗﹰﺎ ،ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰﺎ ،ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ". ﻣﻮﻗﻊ neverﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ ،ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻜـﻦﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﻟﻦ ﺃﻛﻠﻤﻚ )ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ/ﺇﻃﻼﻗﹰﺎ(.
I will never talk to you.
ﺧﻄﺄ
I will not never talk to you.
ﺻﺢ )ﻷﻥ everﻋﻜﺲ (never
I will not ever talk to you.
:Noun Phrase Noun Phraseﻫﻮ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎﺮﻭﺭ. ﻳﺄﰐ Noun Phraseﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ .determiner ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺗﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻳﺴﺒﻘﻪ ...determinerﺇﱁ. ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺩﺍﻭﺕ :determiner (١ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻜﲑ "."a , an , the (٢ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻴﺔ "… ."my , his , her , John's , (٣ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ "."this , that , these , those .all , some , any , every , each , either , neither , one , another (٤ Omar AL-Hourani
٢٢١
www.expenglish.com
.many , much , more , most , few , fewest , little , least (٥ ."what? , which? , whose?" :( ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ٦ ."whatever , wherever , whichever , …" : ﻣﻨﻬﺎWh-ever ever ( ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ٧ : ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔThe City Center - An old man - This book - Your cat - A book The pen - Mary's books - those books My father gave my mother this book. book He gave it to her. her The boy went out. They had eaten with no light on the table table. ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ،determiner ( ﻫﻢthe , a , an , your , 's , those) ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳎـﺮﻭﺭ ﰲNoun Phrase ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻫﻢ .ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ :over :ﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎ."( ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﻈﺮﻑ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻓﻮﻕ١ .ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺐ ﻗﻔﺰ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺝ
The dog jumped over the fence.
: ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔupon ﻭﺑﲔover ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔMy hand is upon the table. table My hand is over the table. table ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻴـﺪﻳﻦ ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺴـﺎﻥ،ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ .ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ .above ﻭover ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ."more than ( ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﻈﺮﻑ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺃﻛﺜﺮ٢ . ﺩﻭﻻﺭﹰﺍ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﲑﺍ٥٠ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺩﻓﻌﺖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ I paid (over (over/more /more than) 50$ for this camera.
www.expenglish.com english.com
٢٢٢
Omar AL-Hourani AL
(٣ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﺼﻔﺔ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ."finished ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﺮﺱ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺼﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ.
That bell means that the class is over.
over here (٤ﻭ :over thereﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ. أين سوزان؟ إنھا ھناك بجانب الباب.
?Where's Susan
She's over there by the door. حسنا ً ،لماذا ال تطلب منھا أن تأتي إلى ھنا وتكلمنا؟
Well, why don't you ask her to ?come over and talk to us
الكالم المنقول :Reported Speech ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺁﺧﺮ ،ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﲰﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﻜـﻼﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻘـﻮﻝ Reported Speechﺃﻭ .Indirect Speech ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﻝ ،ﳚﺐ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ: (١ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ: ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ.ﻚ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺣﺒ
I love you.
ﻫﻮ ﺃﺧﱪﻫﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﺣﺒﻬﺎ.
He told her (that) he loved her.
ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ.ﻛﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻫﺎﺩﺋﲔ .ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ. Be quiet. I'm talking on the phone. ﻫﻲ ﺃﻣﺮﺗﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﺩﺋﲔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ. She told us to be quiet while she was talking on the phone.
Omar AL-Hourani
٢٢٣
www.expenglish.com
. ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺗﺎﻡ.ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ
The rain has stopped. stopped
.ﻫﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ
He said (that) the rain had stopped. stopped
. ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ.ﺎ ﺗﻘﻀﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﺭﺍﺋﻌﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎﺇ She' been having a wonderful time in Italy. She's .ﺖ ﻭﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﺭﺍﺋﻌﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺎ ﻗﻀﺃﻡ ﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺄ Mary's mother said (that) she had been having a wonderful time in Italy. : ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ. ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ.ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺟﲔ
I love Jane. Jim admitted (that) he (loved/loves) Jane.
.ﺟﻴﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﳛﺐ ﺟﲔ
ﰲ ﻭﻗـﺖ ﺍﻟﻜـﻼﻡJane ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﳛﺐJim ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻷﻥ .ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻝ :( ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ٢ . ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺗﺎﻡ.ﺖ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﻨ I met you when you were a student. .ﺖ ﻃﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘﲏ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﻫﻲ ﺃﺧﱪﺗﲏ ﺑﺄ She told me (that) she had met me when I was a student. . ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ.ﺖ ﺃﻗﻮﺩ ﲝﺬﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺙ ﻛﻨ I was driving carefully when the accident happened. .ﻫﻮ ﺃﺧﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﲝﺬﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺙ He told the police (that) he had been driving carefully when the accident happened.
www.expenglish.com english.com
٢٢٤
Omar AL-Hourani AL
:( ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ٣ .might ، should ، would ، could may ، shall ، will ، can .ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﲑﺍﻥ
I can fly.
.ﻫﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﲑﺍﻥ
He said (that) he could fly.
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻗﺎﺑﻠﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ
I'll meet you at 10.
He promised (that) he would meet her at 10. .ﻫﻮ ﻭﻋﺪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻘﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﻨﻌﻄﻲ ﻟﺒﻴﻞ؟
What shall we give Bill?
.ﻫﻢ ﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﻴﻌﻄﻮﺍ ﻟﺒﻴﻞ
They asked what they should give Bill.
.ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﺭﲟﺎ ﻳﺘﺄﺧﺮ
The train may be late.
.ﻫﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ ﺭﲟﺎ ﻳﺘﺄﺧﺮ
He said (that) the train might be late.
:ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ .ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺮﺧﻲ
You must relax. The doctor said (that) you must relax.
.ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺮﺧﻲ ﻫﻞ ﲤﺎﻧﻊ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻌﲑﱐ ﻗﻤﻠﻚ؟
Would you mind lending me your pen? .ﺖ ﲤﺎﻧﻊ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻌﲑﱐ ﻗﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺖ ﻣﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﻟ I asked Maria if she would mind lending me her pen. :( ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ٤ .ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺿﻤﲑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻝ .ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺍﻵﻳﺲ ﻛﺮﱘ
I like ice cream.
.ﻫﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﳛﺐ ﺍﻵﻳﺲ ﻛﺮﱘ
He said (that) he liked ice cream.
.ﳓﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺘﻌﻨﺎ ﺑﻐﻨﺎﺋﻚ
We enjoyed your singing. They said (that) they had enjoyed his singing. www.expenglish.com
٢٢٥
.ﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺘﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﻐﻨﺎﺋﻪﻫﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﺄ Omar AL-Hourani
:( ﺗﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ٥ .that this .those these .there here .at that moment ﺃﻭthen now .that day today .the previous day yesterday .the next day tomorrow .ﻫﺬﻩ ﻧﺰﻫﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ This is our favorite walk. .ﻫﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺰﻫﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ They said (that) that was their favorite walk. .ﳓﻦ ﻧﻔﻀﻠﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ We like it here. .ﻢ ﻳﻔﻀﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙﻫﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﺄ They said (that) they like it there. ﳓﻦ ﺳﻨﺮﺍﻙ ﻏﺪﹰﺍ We'll see you tomorrow. .ﻢ ﺳﲑﻭﱐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄﻫﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﺄ They said (that) they would see me the next day. .ﳓﻦ ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ We're leaving now. .ﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔﻫﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﺄ They said (that) they were leaving at that moment.
www.expenglish.com
٢٢٦
Omar AL-Hourani
:(the) same ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺼﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻧﻔﺲ."...ﺍﺑﲏ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ.
My son and you go to the same school.
ﻣﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻭﻕ :ﳓﻦ ﻧﻔﻀﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻭﻧﻘﺮﺃ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﻧﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ. Mark and I have the same taste: we like the same music, we read the same books, and we watch the same TV programs. ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ.the same + noun = noun phrase ::so ﻟﻪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ: (١ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ) so + (adjective/adverb/many/muchﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﻈﺮﻑ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ."very ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ؟
?Why are you (so/very) late
ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ.
We had to buy so many things.
(٢ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺒﻘﻪ andﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﺤﺮﻑ ﻋﻄﻒ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ". ﳓﻦ ﺷﻌﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺐ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺫﻫﺒﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ.
We felt tired, and so we went to bed.
(٣ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ thatﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﺤﺮﻑ ﻋﻄﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻟﻜﻲ ،ﻛﻲ". ﻛﻦ ﻫﺎﺩﺋﹰﺎ )ﻟﻜﻲ/ﻛﻲ( ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺎﻡ.
Be quiet so (that) she can sleep.
(٤ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﺤﺮﻑ ﻋﻄﻒ ﻟﻠﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﲨﻠﺘﲔ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻟﺬﺍ". ﺑﻴﻞ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻪ ،ﻟﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺿﻄﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﲑﻩ ﻣﲏ. Bill had lost his key, so he had to borrow it from me. (٥ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﻰ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﺤﺮﻑ ﻋﻄﻒ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺇﺫﹰﺍ". ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ؟
?So what did you do
(٦ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ soﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ thatﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ. ﺃﻧﺎ )ﺃﲤﲎ/ﺃﺗﻮﻗﻊ/ﺃﺻﺪﻕ( ﺫﻟﻚ.
I (hope/expect/believe) so.
(٧ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ soﺑﺪ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ thatﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻴﺔ. ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ Omar AL-Hourani
I don't think so. ٢٢٧
www.expenglish.com
(٨ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﻈﺮﻑ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ."too ﻟﻘﺪ ﻟﻌﺒﻮﺍ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ،ﻭﳓﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ. They have played football, and so have I (= I have too). ﻫﻢ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ .ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ. They often go to the theater. So do I (= I do too). :still ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﻈﺮﻑ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ،ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ".ﳓﻦ ﻣﺎﺯﻟﻨﺎ ﻧﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﻃﻠﺒﻨﺎ.
We are still waiting to give him my order.
ﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺻﻴﻎ ﻫﻢ: (١ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ .Subject + still + Verb.1 ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻫﻨﺎ.
He still lives here.
(٢ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ .Subject + be + still + Verb-ing ﳓﻦ ﻣﺎﺯﻟﻨﺎ ﻧﻨﺘﻈﺮ" .ﺍﻵﻥ"
We are still waiting.
(٣ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ :Subject + still + (has/have) + Verb.3ﻻ ﻳﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛـﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ. :that ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺪﺭﺱ thatﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻭﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﱐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻫﻢ: (١ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﺗﻠﻚ". ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻲ.
That man is my friend.
(٢ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ،ﺍﻟﱵ". ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ. The pen (that/which) I bought is on the table. (٣ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺃﻥﱠ" ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﹰﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ. ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﱪﻫﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻪ.
Omar AL-Hourani
It proves (that) you were his friend.
٢٢٨
www.expenglish.com
ﻫﻞ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ؟ ?Are you sure (that) you want to buy a car :there is , there are ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ there + be + nounﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻳﻮﺟﺪ".)ﻳﻮﺟﺪ/ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ( ﻗﻄﻂ.
There are cats.
ﻫﻞ )ﻳﻮﺟﺪ/ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ( ﺗﻔﺎﺣﺔ؟
?Is there an apple
ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ there + (be + no/be + not) + nounﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ".)ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ/ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ( ﺗﻔﺎﺣﺎﺕ.
There (are no/are not) apples.
:too & either ﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ "ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ". ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ tooﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ ،ﺃﻣﺎ eitherﻓﻴﺄﰐ ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻴﺔ:ﺟﻮﻥ ﳛﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ. John likes to play football, and Mary does, too. ﺟﻮﻥ ﻻ ﳛﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ. John doesn't like to play football, and Mary doesn't, either. ﻫﻮ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ. He agreed with John, and I did too. ﻫﻮ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ. He didn't agree with John, and I didn't either. ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ: He didn't agree with John, and neither did I. ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ tooﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ too + adjectiveﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﻈﺮﻑ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ more than."is needed ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺬﻟﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﻲ .ﻫﻮ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ. This suit is too big for my husband. He needs a smaller size. Omar AL-Hourani
٢٢٩
www.expenglish.com
:Unreal Meaning ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ .would ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﱃ: (١ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ :unreal presentﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ .ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ: … , … WOULDﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ … If + ﺕ ﻣﺒﻜﺮﺍً. ﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ ،ﻟﻜﻨ If I had enough money, I would retire early. ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ "ﻋﻤﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ". ﰲ unreal present timeﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ wereﻋﻮﺿﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ wasﺣﱴ ﻭﻟـﻮ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋـﻞﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﺃﻭ Heﺃﻭ Sheﺃﻭ " Itﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ". (٢ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ :unreal pastﲣﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ .ﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﱄ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ .ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ: , … WOULD HAVEﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺗﺎﻡ … If + ﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ. ﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌ ﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ،ﳌﺎ ﻛﻨ ﻟﻮ ﻋﺸ If you had lived in the 19th century, you wouldn't have driven a car. ﲣﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ،ﻷﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻌﺶ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ "ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﱄ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ". (٣ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ :unreal futureﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺮﺟﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﳛﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ،ﻭﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺻﻴﻎ: If + … WOULD … , …WOULD If + … were to … , …WOULD … , …WOULDﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ … If +
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٢٣٠
www.expenglish.com english.com
ﻟﻮ ﺃﻋﺎﺭﱐ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﻏﺪﺍﹰ ،ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ. me his bicycle tomorrow, I would go home easily.
would lend were to lend lent
If he
ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻌﲑﱐ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﻏﺪﹰﺍ "ﻋﻤﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ" ﻷﻧﻪ ﳜﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺘﻪ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ. :Verb-ing Verb ing " "-ingﻭﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ .ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ: ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﳍﺎ "ing (١ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ ":"love , hate , prefer ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺐ.
I prefer watching horror films.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺐ.
I prefer to watch horror films. ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ
(٢ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ ":"like , want , need , know ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮﹰﺍ" .ﻟﻐﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ"
I like lying in bed late.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ " .ﻟﻐﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ "
I want eating this.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮﺍ" ً.ﻟﻐﺔ ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ"
I like to lie in the bed late.
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺁﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ " .ﺃﻣﲑﻛﻲ"
I want to eat this.
"ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ" " "-ingﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ. " −ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺲ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳍﻢ ﺧﻄﺄ
I want knowing what happened. happened.
ﺻﺢ )ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ(
I want to know what happened. happened.
" "-ingﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ .ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ: ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﳍﺎ "ing (١ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ ":"remember , forget ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺃﻧﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ".
I remembered meeting her.
ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺭﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻌﻠﺖ".
I remembered to meet her.
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٢٣١
www.expenglish.com english.com
."ﺖ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﻟﻦ ﺍﻧﺴﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲟﻌﲎ"ﺃﻧﺎ ﺭﻗﺼ I won't forget dancing with him that night. ."ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺃﻧﺎ ﻟﻦ ﺃﻧﺴﻰ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﺭﻗﺺ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻏﺪﹰﺍ I won't forget to dance with him tomorrow. :"try" ( ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ٢ ."ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺃﻧﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﱂ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ I tried speaking to her about it, but she still wouldn't listen. ."ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﱂ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻊ I tried to speak to her about it, but she wasn't there. : ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ."-ing" ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﳚﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳍﺎ"appreciate , avoid , consider, delay , deny , detest , ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺑﻌـﺪdiscuss , dislike , endure , enjoy , escape , face , feel , finish , give up , imagine , like , mention , mind , muss , practice , resist , risk , stand , suggest , understand" I consider to immigrate to Australia. ﺧﻄﺄ (ﺻﺢ )ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻓﻜﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﺎﺟﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ
I consider immigrating to Australia.
ﺧﻄﺄ
We discussed to buy a new house.
(ﺻﺢ )ﳓﻦ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﻴﺘﹰﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﹰﺍ
We I discussed buying a new house.
:yet :ﻥ ﻫﻢ ﳍﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻌﺎ. ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﹰﺎ )ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ( ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ،"up to now ﳊﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ، ( ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﺤﺎﻝ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﺑﻌﺪ١ ﳊﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ(؟/ﺃﱂ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ )ﺑﻌﺪ
Have you typed that letter yet?
.(ﳊﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ/ﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ )ﺑﻌﺪﺃﻧﺎ ﱂ ﺃ
I haven't finished my job yet.
.ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﴰﻮ ﹰﻻ ﳊﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ This study is the most comprehensive yet.
www.expenglish.com
٢٣٢
Omar AL-Hourani
."but ( ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﺤﺎﻝ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻟﻜﻦ٢ . ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻣﺮﻳﺢ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ،ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻗﺪﱘ This chair is old, (yet/but) very comfortable. ."nevertheless ( ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﺤﺮﻑ ﻋﻄﻒ ﲟﻌﲎ "ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ٣ . ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻲ ﲢﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﺘﺴﺎﻣﺘﻬﺎ،ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ Her problems are increasing, (yet/nevertheless) she keeps smiling.
:األخطاء الشائعة : ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻭﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ− ﺧﻄﺄ
My age is 20 years.
(ﺻﺢ )ﻋﻤﺮﻱ ﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﺎﻣًﹰﺎ
I am 20 years. It is seven and half. It is half past seven.
.ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒﺇ
This book is to me. This book is mine.
.ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﱄ
The right is with you. You are right.
.ﺍﳊﻖ ﻣﻌﻚ
York book is with me. I have your book.
. ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻚ.ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻚ ﻣﻌﻲ
I opened the radio. I turned on the radio.
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﺷﻐﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ
I closed the radio. I turned off the radio.
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻏﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ
www.expenglish.com
٢٣٣
Omar AL-Hourani
She sees herself very much. She is very proud.
.ﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﺠﺒﺔ ﻛﺜﲑﹰﺍ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ
She was making herself ill. She was pretending to be ill.
.ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﺮﺽ
I took permission. I got permission.
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺇﺫﻧﹰﺎ
Let us go from here. Let us go this way.
.ﺩﻋﻨﺎ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ
I saw her one time or two times. I saw her once or twice.
.ﺃﻥ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ :English Informal اللغة االنجليزية العامة
" ﺃﻱ ﲟﻌـﲎgotta" " ﻭwant to" " ﺃﻱ ﲟﻌـﲎwanna" : ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ− . ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﲨﻊI , You , We , They " ﻭﻻ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞgot to" I wanna go now - I want to go now.
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻵﻥ .ﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ
I gotta go - I got to go.
" ﺃﻱgonna" " ﻭgive me" " ﺃﻱ ﲟﻌـﲎgimme" : ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ."going to" ﲟﻌﲎ Gimme the pen - Give me the pen.
.ﺃﻋﻄﲏ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ
I am gonna go - I am going to go.
.ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﺫﻫﺐ
.there ﻭhere ﻗﺒﻞin ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﻀﻌﻮﻥ"ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﻰ "ﺃﻧﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ
I'm here.
"ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ "ﺃﻧﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ
I'm in here.
ﺗﺮﺟﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ "ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻧﺎ"؟.me ﻭI ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ"ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﻰ "ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻧﺎ
This is I.
"ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ "ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻧﺎ
This is me. www.expenglish.com
٢٣٤
Omar AL-Hourani
ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﻰ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ Iﰒ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ " "tooﻳﻘﻠﺐ ﺇﱃ meﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﻰ "ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ"
I am too.
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ "ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ"
Me too.
ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ .ﻣﻨﻬﺎ:ﺩﻋﻨﺎ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ .ﺃﻭ ﻫﻴﺎ ﺑﻨﺎ.
Let us go Let's go.
كيفية كتابة المقاالت :Paragraphs −ﺳﻨﺨﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ "ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻻﺕ ،"Paragraphsﻭﺳـﻨﻌﺮﺽ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺮﲨﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺳﻨﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻻ ﻧﺘﺮﲨﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﹰﺎ ﻟﻨﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﲨﺔ. −ﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﺔ ﳚﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: (١ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ. (٢ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ. (٣ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ. −ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻫﻲ: (١ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺼﻒ. (٢ﰒ ﻧﻨﺰﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﲬﺴﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ. (٣ﰒ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ...ﺇﱁ. (٤ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﰒ ﻧﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ "ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ". ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻫﻲ: (١ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﰲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ )ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ،ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ،ﺗﺎﻡ ،ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ،ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ،ﺗﺎﻡ...ﺇﱁ(. (٢ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﰲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ. (٣ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﰲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ "ﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳉﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ". −ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ "ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺟﻴﺪﹰﺍ ﻷﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﹰﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ":
Omar AL-Hourani
٢٣٥
www.expenglish.com
1) Car Car is a motor vehicle. It is walking on a substance called "asphalt" by a tool made of rubber called "wheel". There are many types and colors of cars, some of them are BMW, Mercedes, Chevrolet, … etc. First motor car working by gasoline was made in about 1908 AD by Europe, and then America has developed it as you see it at the present. (١ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺴﻤﻰ "ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺴﻤﻰ "ﺍﻟﺰﻓﺖ" ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻁ ﻳ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ .ﺗﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺗ )ﺩﻭﻻﺏ(" .ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻭﺃﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ،ﻣﻨﻬﺎ BMWﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳـﻴﺪﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺸـﻔﺮﻭﻟﻴﺖ...ﺇﱁ .ﺃﻭﻝ ﺖ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ﻋﺎﻡ ١٩٠٨ﻡ ﰒ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺃﻣﲑﻛﺎ ﻭﻃﻮﺭﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻫـﺎ ﰲ ﺻﹺﻨ ﻌ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ. ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﱂ ﻧﻀﻊ " "theﰲ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﻠﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺃﻭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ. ﻻ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ "ﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ"ﺧﻄﺄ
I saw a substance is made of rubber.
ﺖ" ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻁ( ﺻﹺﻨ ﻌ ﺻﺢ )ﺃﻧﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ " I saw a substance made of rubber. ﺧﻄﺄ
I saw a man is killed.
ﻼ ﻳ ﹾﻘﺘﻞ( ﺻﺢ )ﺃﻧﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺭﺟ ﹰ
I saw a man killed.
ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﺢ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ: I saw a man as he is killed. ﺧﻄﺄ
I know someone wanting this car.
ﺻﺢ )ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺷﺨﺼﹰﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ(
I know someone wants this car.
.-ing ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ wantﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ State Verbsﻭﻻ ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﻟﻪ ing
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٢٣٦
www.expenglish.com english.com
2)Risk I was living at my sister and her husband's house. One day they traveled for a period and I stayed alone. I looked from the window then I found a house burning. I went out to see the fire. I saw a woman crying "Tommy, Tommy, Tommy's still inside". I entered the house to save Tommy. After I entered, something had hit me and I had passed out. I woke up suddenly suddenly and I found myself out of the house. The firemen saved me. Then I cried "Tommy's still inside". I saw the woman again. She said me "Tommy's OK" and she was carrying a cat. She said me this is Tommy. I have risked my life for a cat. ( ﳐﺎﻃﺮﺓ٢ ﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓـﺬﺓ ﻧﻈﺮ. ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻫﻢ ﺳﺎﻓﺮﻭﺍ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺣﻴﺪﹰﺍ.ﺃﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻋﻴﺶ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺃﺧﱵ ﻭﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ ." ﺗﻮﻣﻲ ﻣـﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﺪﺍﺧﻞ، ﺗﻮﻣﻲ،ﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺗﺼﺮﺥ "ﺗﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺃﻳ.ﺖ ﻷﺭﻯ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﻖ ﺧﺮﺟ.ﺕ ﻣﻨﺰ ﹰﻻ ﳛﺘﺮﻕ ﻭﻭﺟﺪ ﺕ ﻧﻔﺴـﻲ ﺖ ﻓﺠﺄﺓ ﻭﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻈ.ﺕ ﻭﻋﻲ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﲏ ﻭﻓﻘﺪ، ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺧﻠﺖ.ﺖ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﻷﻧﻘﺬ ﺗﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﺧﻠ ﺖﱄ ﻗﺎﻟـ.ﺖ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺭﺃﻳ." ﰒ ﺻﺮﺧﺖ "ﺗﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ. ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻃﻔﺎﺀ ﺃﻧﻘﺬﻭﱐ.ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ .ﺕ ﲝﻴﺎﰐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻗﻄﺔ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ."ﺗﻮﻣﻲ ﲞﲑ" ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﲢﻤﻞ ﻗﻄﺔ
ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ . ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﰲ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﻨﻜﲑ"ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ "ﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﻻ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺧﻄﺄ
I saw a house is burning.
(ﺻﺢ )ﺃﻧﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﺰ ﹰﻻ ﳛﺘﺮﻕ
I saw a house burning. I saw a house burned before.
ﺧﻄﺄ
I saw a burned house before. before.
(ﺻﺢ )ﺃﻧﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﺰﻻ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﻕ "ﻣﻨﺰ ﹰﻻ ﳏﺮﻭﻗﺎ" ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ
www.expenglish.com english.com
٢٣٧
Omar AL-Hourani AL
3) The haunted house We loved the house when we first moved in. Then two years after moving in, I woke up suddenly one night. There was an old woman standing at the foot of our bed. She was crying. I tried to shout, but I couldn't. I could feel something covering my face. I watched a ghost walking toward the well. After it had disappeared, I woke up my husband, but suddenly I heard a young son screaming in the next bathroom. I ran to see what was wrong. He has seen someone moving through the well from our room. It was an old old woman. After that we didn't like living in the house any more. We felt as if there were eyes watching us all the time. Strange things started happening. We heard voices in the middle of the night. We sold the house, but the new people didn't stay there very long. There is nobody living there now. ( ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺒﺢ٣ ﻛـﺎﻥ. ﺫﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻈﻨﺎ ﻓﺠـﺄﺓ، ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻨﺘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ.ﳓﻦ ﺃﺣﺒﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳـﺘﻄﻌ.ﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺻﻴﺢ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﲏ ﱂ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺣﺎﻭﻟ.ﺖ ﺗﺒﻜﻲ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻣﺴﻨﺔ ﺗﻘﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺳﺮﻳﺮﻧﺎ ﻭﻛﺎﻧ ﺖ ﺯﻭﺟﻲ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﺠﺄﺓ ﺃﻳﻘﻈ، ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺢ.ﺕ ﺷﺒﺤﹰﺎ ﳝﺸﻲ ﳓﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ.ﺃﺷﻌﺮ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﻭﺟﻬﻲ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺷﺨﺼﹰﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﱪ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ.ﺖ ﻷﺭﻯ ﻣﺎ ﺍﳋﻄﺐ ﺭﻛﻀ.ﺎﻭﺭﺖ ﻭﻟﺪﹰﺍ ﺻﻐﲑﹰﺍ ﻳﺼﺮﺥ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻡ ﺍ ﲰﻌ ﺷﻌﺮﻧﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻋﻴﻮﻧﹰﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻗﺒﻨﺎ. ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳓﻦ ﱂ ﻧﻌﺪ ﳓﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺶ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ.ﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻣﺴﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻧ.ﻏﺮﻓﺘﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﳉﺪﺩ ﱂ ﻳﺒﻘـﻮﺍ. ﲰﻌﻨﺎ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺗﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ. ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﲢﺪﺙ.ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ . ﺍﻵﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻨﺰﻝ.ﻼ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻃﻮﻳ ﹰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ." ﰲ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﻌﲔthe" ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ-
www.expenglish.com english.com
٢٣٨
Omar AL-Hourani AL
4) Crossing the border The customs officer was suspicious when the man appeared at the border crossing. He made him open his suitcase, but there was nothing valuable in it. So the officer let him cross the border. Every week after that the same thing happened. The man arrived and the customs officer stopped him and searched his suitcase. Sometimes he made the man wait for several hours, hoping he would confess, but he always had to let the man go. He was sure that the man smuggling something, but he never found anything. The years passed and the customs officer became a senior customs officer. He no longer worked on the customs desk, but every week from his office window he saw the man arriving, and every week he had the man stopped and searched by the customs officer, but nothing was ever found. Then the day came when the senior customs officer was to retire, and he decided that before he left he would get the man to tell the truth. So he got the customs officer on the desk to stop the man and had him brought to the officer. 'I am retiring tomorrow,' he said. 'I know that you have been smuggling all these years. Please tell me what it is. I promise that I won't tell anyone.' The man looked at him, smiled, and said, 'Suitcases.' ( ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ٤ ﻫﻮ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ.ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﺭﻙ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺸﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﱪ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ. ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﺳﺎﺑﻴﻊ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ. ﻟﺬﺍ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﺭﻙ ﲰﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ.ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﹰﺎ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻑ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻮ.ﻭﺻﻞ ﻭﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﺭﻙ ﺃﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﻭﲝﺚ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺘﻪ . ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺄﻛﺪﹰﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻳﻬﺮﺏ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﱂ ﳚﺪ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﺪﹰﺍ.ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﻫﻮ ﱂ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﻯ.ﻣﺮﺕ ﺳﻨﲔ ﻭﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﺭﻙ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﺎﺭﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺍﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻣﻮﻇﻔﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﺎﺭﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﻗﻔﻪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺤـﺚ ﰲ .ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻲﺀ .ﺭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺃﻥ ﳜﱪﻩ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭﺗـﻪﰒ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﺭﻙ ﺳﻴﺘﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﺮ ، ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﺭﻙ "ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﺗﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﻏﺪﺍﹰ.ﻟﺬﺍ ﺃﺣﻀﺮ ﻣﻮﻇﻔﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﺎﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﳛﻀﺮﻩ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ
www.expenglish.com
٢٣٩
Omar AL-Hourani
ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺮﺏ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﲔ" .ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺭﺟﺎ ًﺀ ﻣﺎﻫﻮ .ﺃﻋﺪﻙ ﺑﺄﻧﲏ ﻟﻦ ﺃﺧﱪ ﺃﺣﺪﹰﺍ .ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴـﻪ ﻭﺍﺑﺘﺴﻢ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ "ﺣﻘﺎﺋﺐ". ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﺣﺪﻭﺩ" ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ " "borderﻭﻟﻴﺲ "."borders ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ:ﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ. ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻭﻗﻔ
I had stopped sto ped the man.
ﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ. ﻟﻘﺪ ﺟﻌﻠ
I had the man stopped.
ﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻲ ،ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ "ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺴـﻴﻂ" ﺃﻧـﺎ ﱂ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ "ﻣﺎﺿﻲ ﺗﺎﻡ" ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻭﻗﻔ ﺖ ﺷﺨﺼﹰﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ. ﺃﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺑﻞ ﺃﺭﺳﻠ
Omar AL-Hourani AL
٢٤٠
www.expenglish.com english.com
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
www.expenglish.com
1 2 3 4 5
C D D A C
Chapter 1: 6 C 7 A 8 A 9 B 10 A
1 2 3 4 5
E C E D E
Chapter 2: 6 A 7 D 8 C 9 E 10 B
1 2 3 4 5
Chapter 3: B 6 B 7 A 8 A 9 A 10
B C A C A
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Chapter 4: B 21 B 22 E 23 D 24 B 25 A 26 C 27 A 28 C 29 D 30
D B C D A A D B B B
31 32 33 34 35
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Chapter 5: A 21 D 22 B 23 C 24 True 25 False 26 False 27 False 28 False 29 False 30
False a non - the an the an
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
C D A C C D C A C B
A A A B C C B B D C
٢٤١
11 12 13 14
B A C C
11 12 13
A E D
non - non
a - the the - the the
C A B D B
the non - non
non - the the - a an the - the a a the non
Omar AL-Hourani
A C B D B
Chapter 6: 6 E 7 D 8 A 9 B 10 D
1 2 3 4 5
B C A C A
Chapter 7: 6 A 7 B 8 C 9 A 10 B
B C A D C
Chapter 8: 6 B 11 C 16 7 A 12 E 17 8 A 13 D 18 9 A 14 B 19 10 B 15 A 20 from - in - in - to - from - to - in - at - On - at
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5 21
B
11 12 13
D D B
E B E C D
10 11 12
Chapter 9: William was offered a promotion. The new system is being tested. The riot was reported to be under control. The film may be banned. The car has not been used for ages. All salaries have been cut. All travel expenses for this training course must be paid by employers. The college was not been informed that there had been a mistake. Sidney was distressed by the news about the exam results. A 13 E 16 B A 14 A 17 D D 15 D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Chapter 10: I don't like cheese. We aren't married. She doesn't have an old house. He doesn't play tennis on Saturdays. I haven't been to the bank yet. I don't need any money. I didn't have lunch at 2 o'clock. He isn't going to work. I don't have a lot of cars. I haven't seen the tower of London yet. He won't be having lunch at that time.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
www.expenglish.com
11
٢٤٢
Omar AL-Hourani
www.expenglish.com
12 13 14 15
I didn't have a shower at 4 o'clock We don't live in Madrid. I have never seen a snake. He never likes going to work.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Chapter 11: Whose is this book? Where did you find it? Where do you live? What is Sarah playing? How has she broken her leg? How long does it take you to get to work by car? Why has Mary gone home? What flavor ice-cream would you like? When did we meet him? What will you do if it rains this weekend? What would you do if you won the lottery? C 16 A 20 B C 17 B 21 A C 18 B 22 C C 19 B 23 A couldn't she doesn't he hasn't she don't they did they didn't he won't she
٢٤٣
Omar AL-Hourani
www.expenglish.com
٢٤٤
Omar AL-Hourani
. ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ * ﲜﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫ:ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ""ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ
ﺍﳌﻌﲎ
ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ""ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ
ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ""ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ
A abide *
ﻳﻘﻴﻢ، ﻳﺒﻘﻰ
abode
abode
awake
ﻳﻮﻗﻆ، ﻳﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ
awoke
awoken
arise *
ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ، ﻳﻨﻬﺾ
arose
arisen
B be/am/is/are
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
was/were
been
bear
ﺗﻠﺪ، ﲢﻤﻞ
bore
borne
beat
ﳜﻔﻖ، ﻳﻀﺮﺏ
beat
beaten
become
ﻳﺼﺒﺢ
became
become
befall
ﳛﺪﺙ
befell
befallen
beget
ﻳﺴﺒﺐ، ﻳﻨﺠﺐ
begot
begotten
begin
ﻳﺒﺪﺃ
began
begun
behold
ﻳﻼﺣﻆ، ﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪ
beheld
beheld
bend
ﻳﻨﺤﲏ
bent
bent
beseech
ﻳﺘﻮﺳﻞ، ﻳﻠﺘﻤﺲ
besought
besought
beset
ﻳﻄﻮﻕ، ﻳﺰﻋﺞ
beset
beset
bet *
ﻳﺮﺍﻫﻦ
bet
bet
betake
ﻳﻌﻤﺪ ﺇﱃ، ﻳﺬﻫﺐ
betook
betaken
bethink
ﻳﺘﺬﻛﺮ، ﻳﺘﺄﻣﻞ
bethought
bethought
bid
ﻳﺪﻋﻮ، ﻳﺄﻣﺮ
bade
bidden
bide *
ﻳﻘﺎﻭﻡ، ﻳﺒﻘﻰ
bode
bide
bind
ﻳﻘﻴﺪ، ﻳﺮﺑﻂ
bound
bound
bite
ﻳﻠﺪﻍ، ﻳﻌﺾ
bit
bitten
bleed
ﻳﻨﺰﻑ
bled
bled
www.expenglish.com
٢٤٥
Omar AL-Hourani
bless *
ﻳﺒﺎﺭﻙ
blest
blest
blow
ﻳﻨﻔﺦ، ﻳﻬﺐ
blew
blown
break
ﻳﻨﻜﺴﺮ، ﻳﻜﺴﺮ
broke
broken
breed
ﻳﻮﻟﺪ، ﻳﻠﺪ
bred
bred
bring
ﳛﻀﺮ، ﳚﻠﺐ
brought
brought
broadcast
ﻳﺬﻳﻊ
broadcast
broadcast
build
ﻳﺒﲏ
built
built
burn *
ﳛﺘﺮﻕ، ﳛﺮﻕ
burnt
burnt
burst
ﻳﻨﻔﺠﺮ، ﻳﻔﺠﺮ
burst
burst
buy
ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻱ
bought
bought
C can
ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ
could
could
cast
ﻳﺮﻣﻲ
cast
cast
catch
ﳝﺴﻚ
caught
caught
chide
ﻳﻮﺑﺦ
chided
chidden
choose
ﳜﺘﺎﺭ
chose
chosen
cleave
ﻳﺸﻖ
cleft
cleft
cline
ﻳﺘﻤﺎﺳﻚ
clung
clung
come
ﻳﺄﰐ
came
come
cost
ﻳﻜﻠﻒ
cost
cost
creep
ﻳﺰﺣﻒ
crept
crept
cut
ﻳﻘﻄﻊ
cut
cut
D deal
ﻳﻌﺎﻣﻞ، ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ
dealt
dealt
dig
ﳛﻔﺮ
dug
dug
do
ﻳﻌﻤﻞ، ﻳﻔﻌﻞ
did
done
draw
ﻳﺮﺳﻢ
drew
drawn
www.expenglish.com
٢٤٦
Omar AL-Hourani
dream *
ﳛﻠﻢ
dreamt
dreamt
drink
ﻳﺸﺮﺏ
drank
drunk
drive
ﻳﺴﻮﻕ
drove
driven
dwell *
ﻳﺴﻜﻦ
dwelt
dwelt
ate
eaten
E eat
ﻳﺄﻛﻞ F
fall
ﻳﻘﻊ، ﻳﺴﻘﻂ
fell
fallen
feed
ﻳﻄﻌﻢ
fed
fed
feel
ﳛﺲ، ﻳﻠﻤﺲ
felt
felt
fight
ﻳﺘﺸﺎﺟﺮ، ﻳﺘﻘﺎﺗﻞ
fought
fought
find
ﻳﻜﺘﺸﻒ، ﳚﺪ
found
found
flee
ﻳﻔﺮ
fled
fled
fling
ﻳﻘﺬﻑ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ
flung
flung
fly
ﻳﻄﲑ
flew
flown
forbid
ﳝﻨﻊ، ﳛﻔﺮ
forbade
forbidden
foreknow
ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﹰﺎ
foreknew
foreknown
foresee
ﻳﺘﻨﺒﺄ
foresaw
foreseen
foretell
ﻳﺘﻜﻬﻦ
foretold
foretold
forget
ﻳﻨﺴﻰ
forgot
forgotten
forgive
ﻳﺼﻔﺢ، ﻳﻐﻔﺮ
forgave
forgiven
forsake
ﻳﻬﺠﺮ، ﻳﺘﺨﻠﻰ ﻋﻦ
forsook
forsaken
freeze
ﻳﺘﺠﻤﺪ
froze
frozen
G get
ﻳﻨﺎﻝ
got
give
ﻳﻌﻄﻲ
gave
<U.S> gotten <G.B> got given
go
ﻳﺬﻫﺐ
went
gone
www.expenglish.com
٢٤٧
Omar AL-Hourani
grind
ﻳﻄﺤﻦ
ground
ground
grow
ﻳﻨﺒﺖ، ﻳﻨﻤﻮ
grew
grown
H hang
ﻳﻌﻠﻖ
hung
hung
have
ﳝﻠﻚ
had
had
hear
ﻳﺴﻤﻊ
heard
heard
hide
ﳜﺘﺒﺊ، ﳜﺒﺊ
hid
hidden
hit
ﻳﻀﺮﺏ
hit
hit
hold
ﳛﺘﻔﻆ، ﳝﺴﻚ
held
held
hurt
ﻳﺆﺫﻱ، ﳚﺮﺡ
hurt
hurt
inlaid
inlaid
I inlay
ﻳﻄﻌﻢ K
keep
ﻳﻈﻞ، ﳛﻤﻲ
kept
kept
kneel *
ﻳﺮﻛﻊ
knelt
knelt
knit *
ﻳﻘﻄﺐ ﺣﺎﺟﺒﻴﻪ
knit
knit
know
ﻳﻌﺮﻑ
knew
known
L lay
ﻳﻀﻊ
laid
laid
lead
ﻳﺮﺷﺪ، ﻳﻘﻮﺩ
led
led
lean *
ﳝﻴﻞ، ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ
leant
leant
leap *
ﻳﻘﻔﺰ
leapt
leapt
learn *
ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ، ﻳﻌﻠﻢ
learnt
learnt
leave
ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ
left
left
lend
ﻳﻘﺮﺽ
lent
lent
let
ﻳﺪﻉ
let
let
lie
ﻳﻜﺬﺏ، ﻳﺘﻤﺪﺩ
lay
lain
light
ﻳﺸﺘﻌﻞ، ﻳﺸﺮﻕ
lit
lit
www.expenglish.com
٢٤٨
Omar AL-Hourani
lose
ﻳﻔﻘﺪ
lost
lost
M make
ﳚﻌﻞ، ﻳﺼﻨﻊ
made
made
may
ﳝﻜﻦ
might
might
mean
ﻳﻌﲏ
meant
meant
meet
ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ
met
met
mislay
ﻳﻀﻴﻊ
mislaid
mislaid
mislead
ﳜﺪﻉ، ﻳﻀﻠﻞ
misled
misled
misspend
ﻳﺒﺪﺩ
misspent
misspent
mistake
ﳜﻄﺊ
mistook
mistaken
misunderstand
ﻳﺴﺊ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ
misunderstood
misunderstood
mow *
ﳛﺼﺪ
mowed
mowed
O outdo
ﻳﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ، ﻳﻬﺰﻡ
outdid
outdone
overbear
ﻳﺴﺘﺒﺪ، ﻳﻘﻬﺮ
overborne
overborne
overcast
ﻳﻌﺘﻢ
overcast
overcast
overcome
ﻳﻨﻬﻚ، ﻳﻘﻬﺮ
overcame
overcome
overdo
ﻳﺒﺎﻟﻎ
overdid
overdone
overfeed
ﻳﺘﺨﻢ
overfed
overfed
overrun
ﳚﺘﺎﺡ
overran
overrun
oversee
ﻳﻔﺤﺺ، ﻳﺮﺍﻗﺐ
oversaw
overseen
oversleep
ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ
overslept
overslept
overtake
ﻳﻔﺎﺟﺊ، ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ
overtook
overtaken
overthrow
ﻳﺪﻣﺮ، ﻳﻬﺰﻡ
overthrew
overthrown
P partake
ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻙ، ﻳﻘﺎﺳﻢ
partook
partaken
pay
ﻳﺪﻓﻊ
paid
paid
put
ﻳﻀﻊ
put
put
www.expenglish.com
٢٤٩
Omar AL-Hourani
Q quit *
ﻳﺴﺘﻘﻴﻞ، ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ
quit
quit
R read
ﻳﻘﺮﺃ
read
read
rebuild
ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﲟﺎﺀ
rebuilt
rebuilt
redo
ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ
redid
redone
remake
ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ
remade
remade
rend
ﻳﻨﺰﻉ ﺑﻌﻨﻒ
rent
rent
repay
ﻳﺮﺩ، ﻳﻔﻲ
repaid
repaid
retell
ﻳﺮﻭﻱ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ
retold
retold
rewrite
ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ
rewrote
rewritten
rid *
ﳛﺮﺭ، ﳜﻠﺺ
rid
rid
ride
ﻳﺮﻛﺐ
rode
ridden
ring
ﻳﺮﻥ
rang
rung
rise
ﻳﻨﻬﺾ
rose
risen
run
ﻳﺸﻐﻞ، ﻳﻌﺪﻭ
ran
run
S saw *
ﻳﻨﺸﺮ
sawed
sawn
say
ﻳﻘﻮﻝ
said
said
see
ﻳﺮﻯ
saw
seen
seek
ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ
sought
sought
sell
ﻳﺒﻴﻊ
sold
sold
send
ﻳﺮﺳﻞ
sent
sent
set
ﻳﻘﺮﺭ
set
set
sew *
ﳜﻴﻂ
sewed
sewn
shake
ﻳﻬﺘﺰ، ﻳﻬﺰ
shook
shaken
shall
ﺳﻮﻑ
should
should
shed
ﻳﺴﻔﺢ، ﻳﺬﺭﻑ
shed
shed
www.expenglish.com
٢٥٠
Omar AL-Hourani
shine *
ﻳﻠﻤﻊ، ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻖ
shone
shone
shoot
ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ
shot
shot
show *
ﻳﺒﲔ، ﻳﺮﻯ
showed
shown
shrink
ﻳﺘﻘﻠﺺ
shrank
shrunk
shut
ﳛﺒﺲ، ﻳﻐﻠﻖ
shut
shut
sing
ﻳﻐﺮﺩ، ﻳﻐﲏ
sang
sung
sink
ﻳﻐﺮﻕ، ﻳﻐﻄﺲ
sank
sunk
sit
ﳚﻠﺲ
sat
sat
slay
ﻳﺬﺑﺢ
slew
slain
sleep
ﻳﻨﺎﻡ
slept
slept
slide
ﻳﻨﺰﻟﻖ
slid
slid
slit
ﻳﺸﻖ
slit
slit
smell *
ﻳﺸﻢ
smelt
smelt
smite
ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ
smote
smitten
sow
ﻳﺒﺬﺭ
sowed
sown
speak
ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ
spoke
spoken
speed *
ﻳﺴﺮﻉ
sped
sped
spell *
ﻳﺘﻬﺠﻰ
spelt
spelt
spend
ﻳﻨﻔﻖ
spent
spent
spin
ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ، ﻳﻐﺰﻝ
spun
spun
spit
ﻳﺒﺼﻖ
spat
spat
split
ﻳﺸﻖ
split
split
spoil *
ﻳﺪﻟﻞ، ﻳﺘﻠﻒ
spoilt
spoilt
spread
ﻳﻨﺘﺸﺮ، ﻳﻨﺸﺮ
spread
spread
spring
ﻳﻘﻔﺰ
sprang
sprung
stand
ﻳﺼﻤﺪ، ﻳﻘﻒ
stood
stood
steal
ﻳﺴﺮﻕ
stole
stolen
www.expenglish.com
٢٥١
Omar AL-Hourani
stick
ﻳﻠﺼﻖ
stuck
stuck
sting
ﻳﻠﺪﻍ، ﻳﻠﺴﻊ
stung
stung
stink
ﻳﻨﱳ
stank
stunk
stride
ﳝﺸﻲ ﲞﻄﻰ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ
strode
stridden
strike
ﻳﻀﺮﺏ
struck
struck
strive *
ﻳﻜﺎﻓﺢ
strove
striven
swear
ﻳﻘﺴﻢ
swore
sworn
sweep
ﻳﻜﺘﺴﺢ، ﻳﻜﻨﺲ
swept
swept
swell
ﻳﺘﻮﺭﻡ، ﻳﻨﺘﻔﺦ
swelled
swollen
swim
ﻳﺴﺒﺢ
swam
swum
swing
ﻳﺘﺄﺭﺟﺢ
swung
swung
T take
ﻳﺄﺧﺬ
took
taken
teach
ﻳﻌﻠﻢ
taught
taught
tear
ﳝﺰﻕ
tore
torn
tell
ﻳﻘﺺ، ﻳﺮﻭﻱ
told
told
think
ﻳﻔﻜﺮ، ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ
thought
thought
thrive *
ﻳﺰﺩﻫﺮ
throve
thriven
throw
ﻳﻘﺬﻑ
threw
thrown
thrust
ﻳﻄﻌﻦ، ﻳﻘﺤﻢ، ﻳﺪﻓﻊ
thrust
thrust
tread
ﻳﺴﺤﻖ، ﻳﻄﺄ
trod
trodden
U undergo
ﻳﻘﺎﺳﻰ، ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻞ
underwent
undergone
understand
ﻳﻔﻬﻢ
understood
understood
undertake
ﻳﺘﻮﱃ، ﻳﺘﻌﻬﺪ
undertook
undertaken
upset
ﻳﻔﺴﺪ، ﻳﻘﻠﻖ
upset
upset
woke
woken
W wake * www.expenglish.com
ﻳﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ، ﻳﻮﻗﻆ ٢٥٢
Omar AL-Hourani
waylay
ﳝﻜﻦ
waylaid
waylaid
wear
ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻱ
wore
worn
weave
ﻳﻨﺴﺞ
wove
woven
wed *
ﻳﺘﺰﻭﺝ، ﻳﺰﻭﺝ
wed
wed
weep
ﻳﺒﻜﻲ
wept
wept
wet *
ﻳﺒﻠﻞ
wet
wet
will
ﺳﻮﻑ
would
would
win
ﻳﺮﺑﺢ، ﻳﻔﻮﺯ
won
won
wind
ﻳﻠﻒ، ﻳﻨﻔﺦ
wound
wound
withdraw
ﻳﻨﺴﺤﺐ، ﻳﺴﺤﺐ
withdrew
withdrawn
withhold
ﳝﺘﻨﻊ ﻋﻦ، ﻳﻜﺒﺢ
withheld
withheld
withstand
ﻳﺼﻤﺪ، ﻳﻘﺎﻭﻡ
withstood
withstood
wring
ﻳﻠﻮﻱ، ﻳﻌﺼﺮ
wrung
wrung
write
ﻳﺆﻟﻒ، ﻳﻜﺘﺐ
wrote
written
www.expenglish.com
٢٥٣
Omar AL-Hourani
www.expenglish.com
٢٥٤
Omar AL-Hourani
A
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ
also
ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ،ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ
able
ﺩﺍﺋﻤﹰﺎ
always
ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ
about
ﺃﻛﻮﻥ )ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻜﻠﻢ(
am
ﻓﻮﻕ
above
ﺑﲔ ،ﻭﺳﻂ
among
ﻳﻀﻴﻒ
add
ﻭﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ
and
ﺧﺎﺋﻒ
afraid
ﻏﻀﺐ ،ﻳﻐﻀﺐ
anger
ﺑﻌﺪ
after
ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ،ﳚﻴﺐ
answer
ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ
again
ﺃﻱ ،ﺃﳝﺎ
any
ﺿﺪ
against
ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ،ﻳﺒﺪﻭ
appear
ﻋﻤﺮ
age
ﺗﻔﺎﺣﺔ
apple
ﺽ ﻣﻨﺬ ،ﻣﺎ ﹴ
ago
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ )ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻊ(
are
ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ
agree
ﻳﺼﻞ
arrive
ﻫﻮﺍﺀ
air
ﻣﺜﻞ ،ﻛﺄﻥ
as
ﻛﻞ ،ﲨﻴﻊ
all
ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ،ﻳﻄﻠﺐ
ask
ﻳﺴﻤﺢ
allow
B
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺃﺳﻮﺩ
black
ﺭﺿﻴﻊ ،ﺻﻐﲑ
baby
ﺩﻡ
blood
ﺧﻠﻒ ،ﻇﻬﺮ
back
ﺃﺯﺭﻕ
blue
ﺳﻲﺀ ،ﺭﺩﻱﺀ
bad
ﻟﻮﺡ ﺧﺸﱯ
board
ﻛﺮﺓ
ball
ﻗﺎﺭﺏ ،ﺯﻭﺭﻕ ،ﻣﺮﻛﺐ
boat
ﻣﻮﺯ
banana
ﺟﺴﻢ
body
ﺑﻨﻚ ،ﺿﻔﺔ
bank
ﻋﻈﻢ
bone
ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ،ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ،ﺑﺎﺭ
bar
ﻛﺘﺎﺏ
book
ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ،ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ
base
Omar AL-Hourani
٢٥٥
www.expenglish.com
ﻛﻼ
both
ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ،ﺧﻔﺎﺵ
bat
ﻳﺰﻋﺞ
bother
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ،ﻳﺼﺒﺢ
be
ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ
box
ﳛﻤﻞ ،ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻞ ،ﺗﻠﺪ
bear
ﻭﻟﺪ ،ﺻﱯ
boy
ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ،ﻳﻬﺰﻡ
beat
ﺧﺒﺰ
bread
ﲨﺎﻝ ،ﻭﺳﺎﻣﺔ
beauty
ﻳﻜﺴﺮ
break
ﺳﺮﻳﺮ ،ﻓﺮﺍﺵ
bed
ﻳﺘﻨﻔﺲ
breath
ﻗﺒﻞ ،ﺃﻣﺎﻡ
before
ﳛﻀﺮ
bring
ﻳﺒﺪﺃ
begin
ﺃﺥ
brother
ﺧﻠﻒ ،ﻭﺭﺍﺀ
behind
ﺑﲏ
brown
ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ،ﻳﺼﺪﻕ
believe
ﻳﺒﲏ
build
ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ
best
ﳛﺘﺮﻕ ،ﻳﺸﺘﻌﻞ ،ﳛﺮﻕ
burn
ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ،ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ
better
ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ
busy
ﺑﲔ ،ﻭﺳﻂ
between
ﻟﻜﻦ ،ﻏﲑ ،ﺳﻮﻯ
but
ﻛﺒﲑ
big
ﲜﺎﻧﺐ ،ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ
by
ﻃﺎﺋﺮ
bird
C
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻳﻐﻠﻖ ،ﻳﻘﻔﻞ
close
ﻧﺪﺍﺀ ،ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ،ﻳﺼﺮﺥ
call
ﺳﺤﺎﺑﺔ
cloud
ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ،ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ،ﻋﻠﺒﺔ
can
ﺑﺎﺭﺩ ،ﺯﻛﺎﻡ
cold
ﻋﺎﺻﻤﺔ ،ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺎﻝ
capital
ﻟﻮﻥ ،ﻳﻠﻮﻥ
color
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ
car
ﻳﺄﰐ ،ﳚﻲﺀ
come
ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ،ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻟﻌﺐ
card
ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ،ﺭﻓﻘﺔ
company
ﻳﻌﺘﲏ ،ﻳﻬﺘﻢ
care
ﻳﻘﺎﺭﻥ
compare
ﳛﻤﻞ
carry
ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ،ﻳﻜﻤﻞ
complete
ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ،ﻋﻠﺒﺔ
case
ﻳﻄﺒﺦ
cook
ﻗﻄﺔ
cat
Omar AL-Hourani
٢٥٦
www.expenglish.com
ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺩﺓ ،ﺑﺎﺭﺩ ،
ﳝﺴﻚ ،ﻳﻘﺒﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ
cool
catch
ﳑﺘﺎﺯ ﻳﻨﺴﺦ ،ﻧﺴﺨﺔ
copy
ﺳﺒﺐ ،ﻳﺴﺒﺐ
cause
ﺫﺭﺓ
corn
ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ،ﻭﺳﻂ ،ﳏﻮﺭ
center
ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ
corner
ﻓﺮﺻﺔ
chance
ﻳﺼﺤﺢ ،ﻳﻌﺪﻝ ،ﺻﺤﻴﺢ
correct
ﻳﻐﲑ ،ﻳﺒﺪﻝ ،ﻳﺼﺮﻑ
change
ﲦﻦ ،ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ،ﻳﺜﻤﻦ
cost
ﻳﺸﺤﻦ ،ﻳﺘﻬﻢ
charge
ﻳﻌﺪ ،ﳛﺼﻲ
count
ﻏﺸﺎﺵ ،ﻳﻐﺶ ،ﳛﺘﺎﻝ
cheat
ﺑﻠﺪ ،ﻭﻃﻦ
country
ﺩﺟﺎﺟﺔ
chicken
ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ،ﻳﻐﻄﻲ
cover
ﻃﻔﻞ
child
ﺑﻘﺮﺓ
cow
ﳜﺘﺎﺭ
choose
ﳜﻠﻖ
create
ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ،ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ،ﻳﺪﻭﺭ
circle
ﺟﺮﳝﺔ
crime
ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ
city
ﺻﻠﻴﺐ ،ﻳﻌﱪ
cross
ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ،ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ،ﻓﺼﻞ
class
ﻳﺼﻴﺢ ،ﻳﺒﻜﻲ
cry
ﻧﻈﻴﻒ ،ﻳﻨﻈﻒ
clean
ﻓﻨﺠﺎﻥ ،ﻛﻮﺏ
cup
ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ،ﺻﺎﻑ
clear
ﻳﻘﺺ ،ﻳﻘﻄﻊ
cut
ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺎﺋﻂ
clock
D
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺻﻌﺐ
difficult
ﺭﻗﺼﺔ ،ﻳﺮﻗﺺ
dance
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ،ﻳﻮﺟﻪ
direct
ﺧﻄﺮ
danger
ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺶ
discuss
ﺩﺍﻛﻦ ،ﻗﺎﰎ
dark
ﻳﻘﺴﻢ
divide
ﻳﻮﻡ
day
ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ،ﻳﻌﻤﻞ
do
ﻳﻘﺮﺭ
decide
ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭ ،ﻃﺒﻴﺐ
doctor
ﻋﻤﻴﻖ
deep
ﻛﻠﺐ
dog
ﻳﻬﺰﻡ
defeat
Omar AL-Hourani
٢٥٧
www.expenglish.com
ﺑﺎﺏ ،ﻣﺪﺧﻞ
door
ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ،ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ
degree
ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ ،ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ
double
ﻳﺆﺟﻞ
delay
ﺷﻚ ،ﻳﺸﻚ ،ﻳﺮﺗﺎﺏ
doubt
ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ،ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ
depend
ﲢﺖ
down
ﻳﻮﺩﻉ ،ﻋﺮﺑﻮﻥ
deposit
ﻳﺴﺤﺐ ،ﻳﺮﺳﻢ
draw
ﻳﺼﻒ
describe
ﺣﻠﻢ ،ﳛﻠﻢ
dream
ﺻﺤﺮﺍﺀ
desert
ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺏ ،ﻳﺸﺮﺏ
drink
ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ،ﻳﺼﻤﻢ
design
ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ،ﻳﺴﻮﻕ
drive
ﻳﻄﻮﺭ
develop
ﺟﺎﻑ ،ﳚﻔﻒ
dry
ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺱ
dictionary
ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ،ﺧﻼﻝ
during
ﳝﻮﺕ
die
ﳐﺘﻠﻒ
different
E
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺎﻳﺔ ،ﻳﻨﻬﻲ
end
ﺃﺫﻥ
ear
ﺧﺼﻢ ،ﻋﺪﻭ
enemy
ﻣﺒﻜﺮ
early
ﻛﺎﰲ ،ﻳﻜﻔﻲ
enough
ﺷﺮﻕ
east
ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ،ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ
equal
ﺳﻬﻞ
easy
ﺣﱴ
even
ﻳﺄﻛﻞ
eat
ﻣﺴﺎﺀ
evening
ﺑﻴﻀﺔ
egg
ﻳﺸﺮﺡ
explain
ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ
eight
ﻋﲔ
eye
ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ،ﺇﺣﺪﺍﳘﺎ
either
ﻓﺮﺍﻍ ،ﻳﻔﺮﻍ
empty
F
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﲰﻜﺔ
fish
ﻭﺟﻪ ،ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ
face
Omar AL-Hourani
٢٥٨
www.expenglish.com
ﻳﻼﺋﻢ ،ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟـ
fit
ﺍﳋﺮﻳﻒ ،ﻳﺴﻘﻂ
fall
ﲬﺴﺔ
five
ﺯﺍﺋﻒ
false
ﻳﺼﻠﺢ
fix
ﺑﻌﻴﺪ
far
ﺭﺍﻳﺔ ،ﻋﻠﻢ
flag
ﻣﺰﺭﻋﺔ
farm
ﺫﺑﺎﺑﺔ ،ﻳﻄﲑ
fly
ﲰﲔ
fat
ﻃﻌﺎﻡ
food
ﺃﻧﺜﻰ
female
ﻗﺪﻡ
foot
ﳝﻼ ،ﳛﺸﻮ
fill
ﻳﻨﺴﻰ
forget
ﺎﺋﻲ
final
ﺷﻮﻛﺔ
fork
ﳚﺪ
find
ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ
four
ﺇﺻﺒﻊ
finger
ﺣﺮ ،ﳛﺮﺭ ،ﳎﺎﱐ
free
ﻳﻨﻬﻲ
finish
ﳑﺘﻠﻰﺀ
full
ﻧﺎﺭ
fire
ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ
future
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ
first
G
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ
gray
ﻓﺘﺎﺓ
girl
ﻋﻈﻴﻢ
great
ﻳﻌﻄﻲ
give
ﺃﺧﻀﺮ
green
ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ،ﻳﻨﻄﻠﻖ
go
ﺑﻨﺪﻗﻴﺔ ،ﻣﺴﺪﺱ
gun
ﺫﻫﺐ
gold
ﺟﻴﺪ
good
H
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺛﻘﺐ ،ﺣﻔﺮﺓ
hole
ﺷﻌﺮ
hair
ﺑﻴﺖ ،ﻣﻨﺰﻝ
home
ﻳﺪ
hand
ﺃﻣﻞ ،ﻳﺄﻣﻞ
hope
ﺳﻌﻴﺪ
happy
Omar AL-Hourani
٢٥٩
www.expenglish.com
ﺣﺼﺎﻥ
horse
ﺻﻌﺐ
hard
ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ
hospital
ﻗﺒﻌﺔ
hat
ﺣﺎﺭ
hot
ﳝﻠﻚ
have
ﻓﻨﺪﻕ
hotel
ﻫﻮ
he
ﺳﺎﻋﺔ
hour
ﺭﺃﺱ
head
ﺑﻴﺖ ،ﻣﻨﺰﻝ
house
ﻳﺴﻤﻊ
hear
ﻛﻴﻒ ،ﻛﻢ
how
ﻗﻠﺐ
heart
ﻳﺆﱂ ،ﳚﺮﺡ
hurt
ﻫﻨﺎ
here
ﻋﺎﱄ
high
I
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
is
ﺃﻧﺎ
I
ﺟﺰﻳﺮﺓ
island
ﺛﻠﺞ
ice
ﺿﻤﲑ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ
it
ﻣﺮﻳﺾ
ill
ﻣﻬﻢ
important
J
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻋﻤﻞ ،ﺷﻐﻞ ،ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ
job
ﻏﻴﻮﺭ
jealous
ﻏﺎﺑﺔ
jungle
ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ،ﻳﺼﻞ
join
K
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺭﻛﺒﺔ
knee
ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ
key
ﺳﻜﲔ
knife
ﻳﻘﺘﻞ
kill
ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ،ﻳﻌﻠﻢ
know
ﻟﻄﻴﻒ ،ﻧﻮﻉ
kind
Omar AL-Hourani
٢٦٠
www.expenglish.com
L
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻳﺼﻐﻲ ،ﻳﻨﺼﺖ
listen
ﺳﻴﺪﺓ
lady
ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ،ﺻﻐﲑ
little
ﺃﺭﺽ
land
ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ،ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ،ﳛﺐ
live
ﻟﻐﺔ
language
ﺷﻔﺔ
lip
ﺁﺧﺮ
last
ﻃﻮﻳﻞ
long
ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ
learn
ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ،ﻳﺮﺍﻗﺐ
look
ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ
leave
ﳜﺴﺮ ،ﻳﻀﻴﻊ
lose
ﻳﺴﺎﺭ
left
ﻋﺎﻝ ،ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ،ﺻﺎﺧﺐ
loud
ﺳﺎﻕ
leg
ﺣﺐ ،ﳛﺐ
love
ﺃﻗﻞ
less
ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ
low
ﻣﺜﻞ ،ﻳﺮﻏﺐ
like
ﺧﻂ
line
M
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻗﻤﺮ
moon
ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ،ﻳﺼﻨﻊ
make
ﺻﺒﺎﺡ
morning
ﺫﻛﺮ
male
ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ،ﻣﻌﻈﻢ
most
ﺭﺟﻞ
man
ﺃﻡ
mother
ﻛﺜﲑ ،ﻋﺪﻳﺪ
many
ﻛﺜﲑ
much
ﻳﺘﺰﻭﺝ
marry
ﻓﻢ
mouth
ﺭﲟﺎ
may
ﳚﺐ ،ﻳﺘﻮﺟﺐ
must
ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ،ﳝﺰﺝ ،ﳜﻠﻂ
mix
N
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺗﺴﻌﺔ
nine
ﻇﻔﺮ ،ﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭ
nail
Omar AL-Hourani
٢٦١
www.expenglish.com
ﻻ
no
ﺿﻴﻖ ،ﻳﻀﻴﻖ
narrow
ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ،ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ
noon
ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ،ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ
near
ﻋﺎﺩﻱ
normal
ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ
necessary
ﴰﺎﻝ
north
ﺭﻗﺒﺔ
neck
ﺃﻧﻒ
nose
ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ،ﳛﺘﺎﺝ
need
ﻻﺷﻲﺀ
nothing
ﺷﺒﻜﺔ
net
ﺍﻵﻥ
now
ﺟﺪﻳﺪ
new
ﺭﻗﻢ ،ﻋﺪﺩ
number
ﻟﻴﻞ
night
O
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻳﻔﺘﺢ
open
ﻣﻜﺘﺐ
office
ﻋﻜﺲ ،ﺃﻣﺎﻡ
opposite
ﺯﻳﺖ ،ﻧﻔﻂ
oil
ﺃﻭ
or
ﻛﺒﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ،ﻗﺪﱘ
old
ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺑﺮﺗﻘﺎﱄ
orange
ﻭﺍﺣﺪ
one
ﺁﺧﺮ ،ﻏﲑ ،ﺧﻼﻑ
other
ﻓﻘﻂ
only
P
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻃﺒﻖ ،ﺻﺤﻦ
plate
ﳝﺮ ،ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ
pass
ﻳﻠﻌﺐ
play
ﻣﺎﺿﻲ
past
ﻳﺴﺮ ،ﻳﺮﺿﻲ
please
ﻳﺪﻓﻊ
pay
ﻓﻘﲑ
poor
ﻗﻠﻢ
pen
ﳑﻜﻦ ،ﳏﺘﻤﻞ
possible
ﻗﻠﻢ ﺭﺻﺎﺹ
pencil
ﺧﺎﺹ
private
ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ
people
ﻋﺎﻡ ،ﻣﺸﺎﻉ ،ﲨﻬﻮﺭ
public
ﺻﻮﺭﺓ
picture
ﻳﻀﻊ
put
ﺧﻨﺰﻳﺮ
pig
Omar AL-Hourani
٢٦٢
www.expenglish.com
ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ
plane
Q
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺳﺆﺍﻝ
question
ﻛﻤﻴﺔ
quantity
ﺳﺮﻳﻊ
quick
ﺭﺑﻊ
quarter
ﻳﻜﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ،ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ
quit
ﺃﻣﲑﺓ
queen
ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ ،ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ
quite
ﲝﺚ ،ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ،ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ
quest
R
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ،ﳚﻴﺐ
reply
ﻣﻄﺮ ،ﲤﻄﺮ
rain
ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ
responsible
ﻳﻘﺮﺃ
read
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ،ﳝﲔ
right
ﺟﺎﻫﺰ
ready
ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ،ﺣﻴﺰ
room
ﺃﲪﺮ
red
ﻳﺮﻛﺾ
run
ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ،ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻲ
regular
S
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻳﺒﻄﻰﺀ ،ﻳﺘﻤﻬﻞ
slow
ﺣﺰﻳﻦ
sad
ﺻﻐﲑ
small
ﺁﻣﻦ
safe
ﺍﺑﺘﺴﺎﻣﺔ ،ﻳﺒﺘﺴﻢ
smile
ﲣﻔﻴﺾ ،ﻳﺒﺤﺮ ،ﳜﻔﺾ
sail
ﺩﺧﺎﻥ ،ﻳﺪﺧﻦ
smoke
ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ،ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ
same
ﻧﺎﻋﻢ ،ﻃﺮﻱ
soft
ﻳﻘﻮﻝ
say
ﺑﻌﺾ
some
ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ
school
ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ
song
ﲝﺮ
sea
ﺻﻮﺕ
sound
ﻳﺒﺤﺚ
search
Omar AL-Hourani
٢٦٣
www.expenglish.com
second
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ، ﺛﺎﱐ
south
ﺟﻨﻮﺏ
secret
ﺳﺮ
speak
ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ
see
ﻳﺮﻯ
special
ﺧﺎﺹ
send
ﻳﺮﺳﻞ
spell
ﻳﺘﻬﺠﻰ
serious
ﺟﺪﻱ، ﺟﺎﺩ
spend
ﳝﻀﻲ، ﻳﻨﻔﻖ
set
ﻳﺮﺗﺐ، ﳚﻠﺲ
spoon
ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ
seven
ﺳﺒﻌﺔ
spring
ﻳﻨﺒﻮﻉ، ﺯﻧﱪﻙ، ﺭﺑﻴﻊ
sharp
ﺫﻛﻲ، ﺣﺎﺩ
stand
ﻳﻘﻮﻡ، ﻗﻒ
she
ﻫﻲ
star
ﳒﻤﺔ
ship
ﺳﻔﻴﻨﺔ
start
ﻳﺒﺪﺃ
shirt
ﻗﻤﻴﺺ
stick
ﻳﻠﺼﻖ
shoe
ﺣﺬﺍﺀ، ﻧﻌﻞ
stomach
ﻣﻌﺪﺓ
short
ﻗﺼﲑ
store
ﳜﺰﻥ، ﳏﻞ
shut
ﻳﻐﻠﻖ
story
ﻗﺼﺔ
side
ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ، ﺟﺎﻧﺐ
strange
ﻏﺮﻳﺐ
sign
ﻳﻮﻗﻊ، ﺭﻣﺰ، ﻻﻓﺘﺔ
street
ﺷﺎﺭﻉ
silver
ﻓﻀﺔ، ﻓﻀﻲ
strong
ﻗﻮﻱ
simple
ﺑﺴﻴﻂ
study
ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ، ﻳﺪﺭﺱ
single
ﻣﻔﺮﺩ، ﺃﻋﺰﺏ
sudden
ﻣﻔﺎﺟﻰﺀ
sister
ﺭﺍﻫﺒﺔ، ﳑﺮﺿﺔ، ﺃﺧﺖ
sugar
ﺳﻜﺮ
sit
ﻳﻘﻌﺪ، ﳚﻠﺲ
summer
ﺻﻴﻒ
six
ﺳﺘﺔ
sun
ﴰﺲ
size
ﻣﻘﺎﺱ، ﻗﻴﺎﺱ
sure
ﺃﻛﻴﺪ
skin
ﺟﻠﺪ
sweet
ﺣﻠﻮ
sky
ﲰﺎﺀ
swim
ﻳﺴﺒﺢ
sleep
ﻳﻨﺎﻡ
www.expenglish.com
٢٦٤
Omar AL-Hourani
T
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻭﻗﺖ
time
ﻃﺎﻭﻟﺔ
table
ﻣﺘﻌﺐ
tired
ﻳﺄﺧﺬ
take
ﻣﻌﹰﺎ
together
ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ
talk
ﻏﺪﹰﺍ
tomorrow
ﻃﻮﻳﻞ
tall
ﻟﺴﺎﻥ
tongue
ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ،ﻳﻌﻠﻢ
teach
ﺳﻦ
tooth
ﻓﺮﻳﻖ
team
ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ،ﺑﻠﺪﺓ
town
ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ،ﳜﱪ ،ﻳﺮﻭﻱ
tell
ﻗﻄﺎﺭ
train
ﻋﺸﺮﺓ
ten
ﻳﺘﺮﺟﻢ
translate
ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ،ﳜﺘﱪ
test
ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ ،ﺳﻔﺮ
travel
ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
that
ﻃﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ،ﺻﻴﻨﻴﺔ
tray
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ
there
ﺷﺠﺮﺓ
tree
ﻫﻢ
they
ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ،ﺻﺎﺩﻕ
true
ﺷﻲﺀ
thing
ﳛﺎﻭﻝ
try
ﻳﻔﻜﺮ ،ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ،ﻳﻈﻦ
think
ﻳﻠﻒ ،ﻳﺪﻳﺮ ،ﳛﻮﻝ
turn
ﻫﺬﺍ
this
ﺍﺛﻨﲔ
two
ﺛﻼﺛﺔ
three
ﻧﻮﻉ ،ﻳﻄﺒﻊ
type
ﺣﻠﻖ
throat
ﻭﻗﺖ
time
ﺧﻼﻝ ،ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ
through
ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ،ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺓ
ticket
U
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ،ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ
use
ﻣﻈﻠﺔ
umbrella
ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩ ،ﻣﺄﻟﻮﻑ
usual
ﻳﻔﻬﻢ
understand
Omar AL-Hourani
٢٦٥
www.expenglish.com
V
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻧﺼﺮ
victory
ﺇﺟﺎﺯﺓ
vacation
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ
video
ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ،ﺻﺎﱀ ،ﻗﺎﻧﻮﱐ
valid
ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ،ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ،ﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪ
view
ﺃﳘﻴﺔ
value
ﻗﺮﻳﺔ
village
ﻳﻐﲑ ،ﻳﺘﻐﲑ
vary
ﻣﺮﺋﻲ
visible
ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ
various
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺖ ،ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻉ ،ﻳﻘﺘﺮﻉ
vote
ﺟﺪﹰﺍ
very
W
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺃﻱ ،ﺍﻟﱵ ،ﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
which
ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ
wait
ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ،ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ
while
ﻳﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ ،ﻳﻨﻬﺾ
wake up
ﺃﺑﻴﺾ
white
ﺟﺪﺍﺭ
wall
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ،ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ
who
ﻳﺮﻳﺪ
want
ﳌﺎﺫﺍ
why
ﺣﺮﺏ
war
ﺯﻭﺟﺔ
wife
ﺩﺍﰱﺀ
warm
ﺳﻮﻑ ،ﻭﺻﻴﺔ ،ﻳﺮﻏﺐ
will
ﻛﺎﻥ
was
ﻳﺮﺑﺢ ،ﻳﻔﻮﺯ
win
ﻳﻐﺴﻞ ،ﻳﻐﺘﺴﻞ
wash
ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ
window
ﻳﺮﻗﺐ ،ﳛﺮﺱ ،ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﺪ
watch
ﺷﺘﺎﺀ
winter
ﻣﺎﺀ ،ﻳﺮﻭﻱ
water
ﺣﻜﻴﻢ
wise
ﻃﺮﻳﻖ
way
ﻣﻊ
with
ﳓﻦ
we
ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ
woman
ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ،ﻭﺍﻫﻦ
weak
ﻛﻠﻤﺔ
word
ﻳﺮﺗﺪﻱ ،ﻳﻠﺒﺲ
wear
ﻋﻤﻞ ،ﺷﻐﻞ
work
ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ
week
ﻋﺎﱂ ،ﺩﻧﻴﺎ
world
ﺟﻴﺪﹰﺍ ،ﲤﺎﻣﹰﺎ
well
Omar AL-Hourani
٢٦٦
www.expenglish.com
ﻗﻠﻖ ،ﻳﻘﻠﻖ
worry
ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ
were
ﻳﻜﺘﺐ
write
ﻏﺮﺏ
west
ﺧﻄﺄ
wrong
ﺭﻃﺐ ،ﻣﺒﺘﻞ
wet
ﺃﻱ ،ﺍﻟﱵ ،ﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
which
ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ،ﻣﺎ
what
ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ،ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ
while
ﻣﱴ ،ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ
when
ﺃﻳﻦ ،ﺣﻴﺚ
where
Y
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺃﻣﺲ
yesterday
ﺳﻨﺔ
year
ﺃﻧﺖ
you
ﺃﺻﻔﺮ
yellow
ﺷﺎﺏ ،ﺻﻐﲑ ﺳﻦ
young
ﻧﻌﻢ
yes
Z
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ
ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ
ﺣﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ
zoo
ﲪﺎﺭ ﻭﺣﺸﻲ
zebra
ﺻﻔﺮ
zero
Omar AL-Hourani
٢٦٧
www.expenglish.com